Siemens SINAMICS G120 List Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Siemens Manuals
  4. Control Unit
  5. SINAMICS G120
  6. List manual

Siemens SINAMICS G120 List Manual

Hide thumbs Also See for SINAMICS G120:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
Table of Contents

Quick Links

See also: Function Manual , List Manual
s
SINAMICS
SINAMICS G120
Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2
List Manual
Edition
01/2016
Table of Contents
loading

Related Manuals for Siemens SINAMICS G120

Summary of Contents for Siemens SINAMICS G120

  • Page 1 SINAMICS SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual Edition 01/2016...

  • Page 3: Cu240B-2/Cu240E

    Fundamental safety instructions Parameters SINAMICS Function diagrams SINAMICS G120 Faults and alarms Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 Appendix List Manual Index Valid for Control Units Firmware version CU240B-2 4.7 SP6 CU240B-2_DP 4.7 SP6 CU240E-2 4.7 SP6 CU240E-2_DP 4.7 SP6 CU240E-2_DP_F 4.7 SP6 CU240E-2_F 4.7 SP6...

  • Page 4: Content

    Note the following: WARNING Siemens products are only permitted to be used for the applications envisaged in the catalog and in the associated technical documentation. If third-party products and components are to be used, they must be recommended or approved by Siemens. These products can only function correctly and safely if they are transported, stored, set up, mounted, installed, commissioned, operated and maintained correctly.

  • Page 5: Table Of Contents

    Safety Integrated PROFIsafe ..........SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2...
  • Page 6 Index ................SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2...

  • Page 7: Content

    Fundamental safety instructions Content General safety instructions Industrial security SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 8: Fundamental Safety

    As a result of incorrect or changed parameterization, machines can malfunction, which in turn can lead to injuries or death. • Protect the parameterization (parameter assignments) against unauthorized access. • Respond to possible malfunctions by applying suitable measures (e.g. EMERGENCY-STOP or EMERGENCY-OFF). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 9 Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial security functions that support the secure operation of plants, solutions, machines, devices, and/or networks. They are important components of a holistic industrial security concept. With this in mind, Siemens’ products and solutions undergo continuous development. Siemens recommends strongly that you regularly check for product updates.

  • Page 10: Industrial Security

    1 Fundamental safety instructions 1.2 Industrial security SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 11 Parameters Content Overview of parameters List of parameters Parameters for data sets BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) Parameters for write protection and know-how protection Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 12: Parameters

    - - - - - - - - - - - - End of example - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - The individual pieces of information are described in detail below. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 13: Overview Of Parameters

    The fields "Min", "Max" and "Factory setting" are specified with a dash "-" and the relevant unit in square parentheses. Note The parameter list can contain parameters that are not visible in the expert lists of the particular commissioning software (e.g. parameters for trace functions). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 14: Function Diagrams

    CU240E-2 with PROFIBUS interface and extended integrated safety functions CU240E-2_F CU240E-2 with extended integrated safety functions CU240E-2_PN CU240E-2 with PROFINET interface CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2 with PROFINET interface and extended integrated safety functions SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 15 • p0340 = 5 only calculates the controller limits. Note For p3900 > 0, p0340 = 1 is also called automatically. After p1900 = 1, 2, p0340 = 3 is also called automatically. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 16 CO: Integer16 r2050 – CO: Integer32 r2060 – CO: FloatingPoint32 – Legend: BICO interconnection permitted –: BICO interconnection not permitted rxxxx: BICO interconnection is only permitted for the specified CO parameters SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 17 = 0. • U Operation U: Run Pulses are enabled. • T Ready T: Ready to run The pulses are not enabled and the status "C(x)" is not active. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 18 Data sets can only be created and deleted when p0010 = 15. Note Information on the data sets can be taken from the following references: Operating Instructions SINAMICS G120 Frequency Converter with CU240B-2 and CU240E-2 Control Units. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2...
  • Page 19 Vrms Vrms p2001 p2001 p2001 Arms Arms p2002 p2002 lbf ft p2003 lbf ft lbf ft 14_5 r2004 14_10 21_1 °C °C °F °F 21_2 °F °F 39_1 p2007 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 20 The setting of these parameters is determined by the operating environment of the Control Unit (e.g. depending on converter type, power unit). Description Explanation of the function of a parameter. Values Lists the possible values of a parameter. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 21: Faults And Alarms

    Where necessary, "Refer to:" indicates the following information: • List of other relevant parameters to be considered. • List of faults and alarms to be considered. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 22 "Legal information" (Page 4). Notice The description of this safety notice can be found at the beginning of this manual, see "Legal information" (Page 4). Note Information that the user may find useful. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 23: Number Ranges Of Parameters

    Faults and alarms 2140 2199 Signals and monitoring 2200 2359 Technology controller 2360 2399 Staging, hibernation 2500 2699 Position control (LR) and basic positioning (EPOS) 2700 2719 Reference values, display SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 24 EEPROM read/write parameters 7840 8399 Internal system parameters 8400 8449 Real-time clock (RTC) 8500 8599 Data and macro management 8600 8799 CAN bus 8800 8899 Communication Board Ethernet (CBE), PROFIdrive SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 25 Free technology controller 0, 1, 2 20000 20999 Free function blocks (FBLOCKS) 21000 25999 Drive Control Chart (DCC) 50000 53999 SINAMICS DC MASTER (closed-loop DC current control) 61000 61001 PROFINET SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 26 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters List of parameters Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4707900, Language: eng Objects: CU240B-2, CU240B-2_DP, CU240E-2, CU240E-2_DP, CU240E-2 PN, CU240E-2_F, CU240E-2_PN_F, CU240E-2_DP_F r0002 Drive operating display / Drv op_display Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16...

  • Page 27: List Of Parameters

    = 3 is used for the subsequent commissioning of additional drive data sets (creating data sets: see p0010 = 15). p0010 = 29, 39, 49: Only for internal Siemens use! p0010 Drive commissioning parameter filter / Drv comm. par_filt...
  • Page 28 = 3 is used for the subsequent commissioning of additional drive data sets (creating data sets: see p0010 = 15). p0010 = 29, 39, 49: Only for internal Siemens use! p0010 Drive commissioning parameter filter / Drv comm. par_filt...
  • Page 29 CU240E-2 Can be changed: C, C(1) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240E-2_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 999999 Description: Runs the corresponding macro files. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 30 Frequency components from the slip compensation (for induction motors) are not included. r0022 is identical to r0021, however, it always has units of rpm and contrary to r0021 cannot be changed over. Dependency: Refer to: r0021, r0063 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 31 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 5730, 6799, 8850, 8950 Factory setting - [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms] Description: Displays the smoothed absolute actual current value. Dependency: Refer to: r0068 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 32 Smoothing time constant = 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. The torque actual value is available smoothed (r0031) and unsmoothed (r0080). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 33 - r0034 = (motor model temperature - p0613) / (p0605 - p0613) * 100 % For motor temperature model 3 (p0612.2 = 1), the following applies: - r0034 = (motor model temperature - p5397) / (p5398 - p5397) * 100 % SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 34 If the I2t reference current of the power unit is not exceeded, then an overload (0 %) is not displayed. In the other case, the degree of thermal overload is calculated, whereby 100% results in a trip. Dependency: Refer to: p0290, p0294 Refer to: F30005 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 35 - [kWh] Description: Displays the energy values at the output terminals of the power unit. Index: [0] = Energy balance (sum) [1] = Energy drawn [2] = Energy fed back SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 36 As r0039 serves as a reference signal for r0042, due to format reasons, the process energy display can only process values of r0039 up to 2147483 kWh. r0039 should also be reset using this value. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 37 DC braking internal enable missing Power unit enable missing Drive inactive or not operational De-magnetizing not completed Brake open missing Speed controller inhibited Jog setpoint active Dependency: Refer to: r0002 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 38 - the pole position identification is active. - motor data identification is active (only certain steps). Bit 31 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - the speed setpoint from jog 1 or 2 is entered. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 39 DDS eff bit 0 DDS eff bit 1 Dependency: Refer to: p0820, p0821, r0837 Note: When selecting the motor data identification routine and the rotating measurement, the drive data set changeover is suppressed. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 40 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Display and BICO output for status word 2. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal DC braking active |n_act| > p1226 (n_standstill) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 41 Bit 01: r0898 Bit 1 Bit 02: r0898 Bit 2 Bit 03: r0898 Bit 3 Bit 04: r0898 Bit 4 Bit 05: r0898 Bit 5 Bit 06: r0898 Bit 6 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 42 Factory setting Description: Display and BICO output for the status word of the closed-loop control. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Initialization completed De-magnetizing completed Pulse enable available SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 43 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6020, 6030, 6031 Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Description: Display and connector output for the speed setpoint after the setpoint filters. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 44 Display and connector output for the unsmoothed output frequency of the power unit. Frequency components from the slip compensation (induction motor) are included. Dependency: Refer to: r0024 Note: The output frequency is available smoothed (r0024) and unsmoothed (r0066). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 45 Func. diagram: 6723, 6724, 6730, 6731, 6799 Factory setting - [V] - [V] - [V] Description: Display and connector output for the measured actual value of the DC link voltage. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 46 Values above 100 % indicate an overcontrol condition - values below 100% have no overcontrol. The phase voltage (phase-to-phase, rms) is calculated as follows:(r0074 x r0070) / (sqrt(2) x 100 %). The modulation depth is available smoothed (r0028) and unsmoothed (r0074). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 47 - [Nm] Description: Display and connector output for the torque setpoint at the output of the speed controller. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 48 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 5722 Factory setting - [%] - [%] - [%] Description: Displays the flux setpoint. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 49 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6019 Factory setting Description: Setting the commissioning and control view for various application classes. Value: Expert Standard Drive Control (SDC) Dynamic Drive Control (DDC) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 50 Factory setting 0000 bin Description: Configuration of the motor when commissioning the motor. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Motor connection type Delta Star Motor 87 Hz operation SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 51 Displays the bootloader version 3 (for CU320-2 and CU310-2) Value 0 means that boot loader 3 is not available. Dependency: Refer to: r0018, r0198 Note: Example: The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 52 MICROMASTER 411 MICROMASTER 410 MICROMASTER 436 MICROMASTER 440 PX MICROMASTER 430 100: SINAMICS S 101: SINAMICS S (value) 102: SINAMICS S (combi) 103: SINAMICS S120M (distributed) 112: PM220 (SINAMICS G120) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 53 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 113: PM230 (SINAMICS G120) 114: PM240 (SINAMICS G120) 115: PM250 (SINAMICS G120 / S120) 116: PM260 (SINAMICS G120) 118: SINAMICS G120 Px 120: PM340 (SINAMICS S120) 126: SINAMICS ET200PRO 130: PM250D (SINAMICS G120D) 133:...
  • Page 54 [0] = Rated value [1] = Load duty cycle with low overload [2] = Load duty cycle with high overload [3] = S1 cont duty cyc [4] = S6 load duty cycle SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 55 If, in the switched-off state (pulse inhibit), the supply voltage is higher than the entered value, the Vdc controller may be automatically de-activated in some cases to prevent the motor from accelerating the next time the system is switched on. In this case, an appropriate alarm A07401 is output. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 56 --> p1082 (maximum speed) = Fmax filter / pole pair number --> p1800 (pulse frequency) >= nominal pulse frequency of the filter --> p1802 (modulator modes) = space vector modulation without overcontrol SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 57 Description: Enter the inductance of a filter connected at the power unit output. Dependency: This parameter is automatically pre-set when you select a filter via p0230 if a SIEMENS filter is defined for the power unit. Refer to: p0230 Note: When exiting the quick commissioning using p3900 = 1, the parameter value is set to the value of the defined SIEMENS filter or to zero.
  • Page 58 When exiting the quick commissioning using p3900 = 1, the parameter value is set to the value of the defined SIEMENS filter or to zero. For this reason, the parameter value of a third-party filter only has to be entered outside the commissioning phase (p0010 = 0).
  • Page 59 If this threshold is exceeded, an overload alarm is generated and the system responds as parameterized in p0290. Dependency: Refer to: r0036, p0290 Refer to: A07805 Note: The I2t fault threshold is 100 %. If this value is exceeded, fault F30005 is output. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 60 BOP/IOP). The following applies for values < 100: Motor data must be manually entered. The following applies for values >= 100: Motor data are automatically loaded from an internal list. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 61 (write protection). The write protection is canceled if the motor type p0300 is set to a non-Siemens motor that matches p0301 (e.g. p0300 = 1 for p0301 = 1xxxx). Write protection is automatically canceled when the results of motor data identification are copied to the motor parameters.
  • Page 62 (write protection). The write protection is canceled if the motor type p0300 is set to a non-Siemens motor that matches p0301 (e.g. p0300 = 1 for p0301 = 1xxxx). Write protection is automatically canceled when the results of motor data identification are copied to the motor parameters.
  • Page 63 (write protection). The write protection is canceled if the motor type p0300 is set to a non-Siemens motor that matches p0301 (e.g. p0300 = 1 for p0301 = 1xxxx). Write protection is automatically canceled when the results of motor data identification are copied to the motor parameters.
  • Page 64 0.000 1.000 0.000 Description: Sets the rated motor power factor (cos phi, rating plate). For a parameter value of 0.000, the power factor is internally calculated and displayed in r0332. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 65 If p0311 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1), the maximum speed p1082, which is also associated with quick commissioning, is pre-assigned accordingly. The pre-assignment has been completed if the status display r3996 returns to zero. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 66 Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: 28_1 Unit selection: p0100 Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0.00 [Nm/A] 400.00 [Nm/A] 0.00 [Nm/A] Description: Sets the torque constant of the synchronous motor. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 67 If p0322 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1), the maximum speed p1082, which is also associated with quick commissioning, is pre-assigned accordingly. Note: The parameter has no significance for a value of p0322 = 0. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 68 Factory setting 0.0 [°] 135.0 [°] 90.0 [°] Description: Sets the optimum load angle for synchronous motors with reluctance torque. The load angle is measured at the rated motor current. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 69 The rated slip is calculated from the rated frequency, rated speed and number of pole pairs. Refer to: p0310, p0311, r0313 Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 70 NEMA drives (p0100 = 1): unit lbf ft / A Note: This parameter is not used for induction motors (p0300 = 1xx). For synchronous motors, parameter r0334 is calculated from p0305, p0307 and p0311. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 71 --> p0625 (matching p0350), p0626 ... p0628 p0340 = 3: --> All of the parameters influenced for p0340 = 4, 5 --> p0346, p0347, p0622, p1320 ... p1327, p1582, p1584, p1616, p1755, p1756, p2178 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 72 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0.00 [Arms] 10000.00 [Arms] - [Arms] Description: Displays the identified rated motor current. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 73 20.000 [s] 0.000 [s] Description: Sets the de-magnetizing time (for induction motors) after the inverter pulses have been canceled. The inverter pulses cannot be switched in (enabled) within this delay time. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 74 When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 75 0.00000 [mH] Description: Sets the magnetizing inductance of the motor. This parameter value is automatically calculated using the motor model (p0340 = 1, 2) or using the motor identification routine (p1910). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 76 For induction motors, p0364 = 100 % corresponds to the rated motor flux. When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 77 < p0367 < p0368 < p0369 Refer to: p0363 Note: When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 78 Factory setting - [ohm] - [ohm] - [ohm] Description: Displays the total cable resistance between power unit and motor, as well as the internal converter resistance. Dependency: Refer to: r0238, p0352 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 79 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting - [mH] - [mH] - [mH] Description: Displays the stator longitudinal inductance of the synchronous motor including the motor reactor (p0233). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 80 Refer to: p0350, p0352, p0620 Note: In each case, only the stator resistance of the active Motor Data Set is included with the stator temperature of the thermal motor model. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 81 For p0096 = 1, 2 (Standard, Dynamic Drive Control) p0500 cannot be changed. Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 82 - p1574 = 2 V - p1750.2 = 1 - p1802 = 4 (SVM/FLB without overcontrol) (PM240: p1802 = 0) - p1803 = 106 % (PM260: p1803 = 103 %) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 83 - when exiting quick commissioning using p3900 > 0 - when writing p0340 = 1, 3 or 5 Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Refer to: p1610, p1750 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 84 [2] = Parameters in p0517[0...19] [3] = Parameters in p0518[0...19] [4] = Parameters in p0519[0...19] [5] = Parameters in p0520[0...19] [6] = Parameters in p0521[0...19] [7] = Parameters in p0522[0...19] SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 85 Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 4294967295 Description: Sets the parameters with reference value in p0514[3] for the specific scaling. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 86 4294967295 Description: Sets the parameters with reference value in p0514[6] for the specific scaling. p0521[0]: parameter number p0521[1]: parameter number p0521[2]: parameter number p0521[19]: parameter number Dependency: Refer to: p0514 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 87 Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Sets the bearing version. Corresponding to the bearing version entered, its code number (p0531) is automatically set. 0 = No selection 1 = Manual entry SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 88 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 4294967295 Description: Display and setting the code number of the load gearbox. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 89 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 65535 Description: Sets the brake version. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 90 Note: If value = 0: The automatic calculation (p0340, p3900) overwrites the reference parameters. If value = 1: The automatic calculation (p0340, p3900) does not overwrite the reference parameters. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 91 If a new pulse is not received before the maximum measuring time has expired, then the speed actual value in r0586 is set to zero. This timer is re-started with the next pulse. Dependency: Refer to: r0586 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 92 Displays the number of measuring pulses that have occurred (been received) up until now. Dependency: Refer to: p0580 Note: After reaching 4294967295 (2^32 - 1), the counter starts again at 0. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 93 1 referred no dimensions °C ltr/s m³/s ltr/min m³/min ltr/h m³/h kg/s kg/min kg/h t/min °F gallon/s inch³/s gallon/min inch³/min gallon/h inch³/h lb/s lb/min lb/h lbf ft parts/min ft³/s ft³/min SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 94 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8016 Factory setting 0.0 [°C] 240.0 [°C] 130.0 [°C] Description: Sets the alarm threshold for monitoring the motor temperature for motor temperature model 2 or KTY/PT1000. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 95 If the timer has expired and the alarm threshold has, in the meantime, not been fallen below, then fault F07011 is output. If the temperature fault threshold (p0605) is prematurely exceeded before the timer has expired, then fault F07011 is immediately output. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 96 For motor temperature monitoring without temperature sensor, when switching off, the model temperature is saved in a non-volatile fashion. When switching on, the same value (reduced by p0614) is taken into account in the model calculation. As a consequence, the UL508C specification is fulfilled. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 97 This bit is used to activate/de-activate the motor temperature model for permanent-magnet synchronous motors and synchronous reluctance motors. For bit 01 (see also bit 9): This bit is used to activate/de-activate the motor temperature model for induction motors. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 98 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0 [%] 100 [%] 30 [%] Description: Sets the reduction factor for the overtemperature of the thermal adaptation of the stator/rotor resistance. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 99 Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Selects the identification of the stator resistance after booting the Control Unit (only for vector control). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 100 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting - [ohm] - [ohm] - [ohm] Description: Displays the stator resistance determined using the Rs identification after switching on again. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 101 When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 102 - [°C] Description: Displays the rotor temperature of the motor temperature model (models 2 and 3). Note: For motor temperature model 1 (p0612.0 = 1), this parameter is not valid: SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 103 The current limit p0640 is limited to r0209. The resulting current limit is displayed in r0067 and if required, r0067 is reduced by the thermal model of the power unit. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 104 If there is no temperature monitor, then interconnect to a fixed value. For index 3: When the binector input is interconnected, precharging is switched-on independent of the magnitude of the precharging threshold. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 105 DI 5 (T. 17) High DI 11 (T. 3, 4) AI 0 High DI 12 (T. 10, 11) AI 1 High Note: AI: Analog Input DI: Digital Input T: Terminal SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 106 0 signal DI 0 (T. 5) High DI 1 (T. 6) High DI 2 (T. 7) High DI 3 (T. 8) High DI 11 (T. 3, 4) AI 0 High SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 107 Ready for operation r0052.2 Operation enabled r0052.3 Fault present r0052.4 Coast down active (OFF2) r0052.5 Quick stop active (OFF3) r0052.6 Switching-on inhibited active r0052.7 Alarm present r0052.9 Control request SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 108 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2119, 2030, 2130 CU240E-2_F Factory setting CU240E-2_PN_F 52.2 CU240E-2_DP_F Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DO 2 (NO: T. 24 / NC: T. 23). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 109 DO 2 (NO: T. 24 / NC: T. 23) High Note: DO: Digital Output T: Terminal Relay output: NO = normally open, NC = normally closed Inversion using p0748 has been taken into account. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 110 Displays the actual input voltage in V when set as voltage input. Displays the actual input current in mA when set as current input and with the load resistor switched in. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 111 Unipolar current input monitored (+4 mA to +20 mA) Bipolar voltage input (-10 V ... +10 V) No sensor connected Index: [0] = AI0 (T. 3/4) [1] = AI1 (T. 10/11) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 112 This parameter specifies the x coordinate (V, mA) of the 2nd value pair of the characteristic. Index: [0] = AI0 (T. 3/4) [1] = AI1 (T. 10/11) Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 113 Analog input type bipolar (e.g. -10 V ... +10 V): The dead zone is located at the symmetrical center between characteristic value x1/y1 (p0757/p0758) and x2/y2 (p0759/p0760). The set value doubles the dead zone. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 114 Displays the actual output voltage or output current at the analog outputs. Index: [0] = AO0 (T 12/13) [1] = AO1 (T 26/27) Dependency: Refer to: p0776 Note: AO: Analog Output T: Terminal SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 115 [1] = AO1 (T 26/27) Dependency: Refer to: p0776 Notice: This parameter is automatically overwritten when changing p0776 (type of analog outputs). Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 116 The unit of this parameter (V or mA) depends on the analog output type. Refer to: p0776 Notice: This parameter is automatically overwritten when changing p0776 (type of analog outputs). Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 117 DI 1 (T. 6) Simulation Terminal eval DI 2 (T. 7) Simulation Terminal eval DI 3 (T. 8) Simulation Terminal eval DI 11 (T. 3, 4) AI 0 Simulation Terminal eval SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 118 The simulation of a digital input is selected using p0795. Refer to: p0795 Note: This parameter is not saved when data is backed up (p0971). AI: Analog Input DI: Digital Input T: Terminal SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 119 If AI x is parameterized as a voltage input (p0756), the setpoint is a voltage in V. If AI x is parameterized as a current input (p0756), the setpoint is a current in mA. Refer to: p0756, p0797 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 120 = 2 (start data transfer from device memory to memory card) --> PS000xxx.ACX is transferred from device memory to memory card and stored as PS022xxx.ACX. --> the parameter backup PS022xxx.ACX on the memory card can be used for data backup. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 121 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 1100 Description: Sets the transfer direction and start of data transfer between the memory card and non-volatile device memory. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 122 The parameter backup set in p0803 as the source in the device memory does not exist or there is not sufficient memory space available in the device memory. p0804 = 1003: No memory card has been inserted. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 123 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8560 CU240E-2_PN_F Factory setting CU240E-2_DP_F 722.3 Description: Sets the signal source to select the Command Data Set bit 0 (CDS bit 0). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 124 2. In index 1, enter the drive data set data that is to be copied into. 3. Start copying: set index 2 from 0 to 1. p0819[2] is automatically set to 0 when copying is completed. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 125 Displays the status word for the drive data set changeover. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Internal parameter calculation active Armature short circuit active Identification running Friction characteristic plot running Rotating measurement running Motor data identification running SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 126 When the setting for this binector input is changed, the motor can only be switched on by means of an appropriate signal change of the source. Dependency: Refer to: p1055, p1056 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 127 - BI: p0840 = 0 signal: No dedicated braking response, but pulse cancelation when standstill is detected (p1226, p1227) For drives with closed-loop speed/torque control, the following applies: - BI: p0840 = 0/1 signal: ON (pulses can be enabled) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 128 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501, 8720, 8820, 8920 Factory setting Description: Sets the second signal source for the command "No coast down/coast down (OFF2)". SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 129 BI: p0848 = 1 signal and BI: p0849 = 1 signal - no OFF3 (enable is possible) Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 130 Func. diagram: 2501 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source for the command "enable operation/inhibit operation". For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 3 (STW1.3). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 131 If a control is available, then STW1.10 must be set to 1 (PZD1) so that the received data is updated. This applies regardless of the setting in p0854 and even in the case of free telegram configuration (p0922 = 999). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 132 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501, 2701 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source for the command "unconditionally close holding brake". Dependency: Refer to: p0855 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 133 Display and BICO output for the status word and control word of the drive coupling. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Closed-loop control operation Energize contactor 2634 Note: For bit 01: Bit 1 is used to control an external line contactor. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 134 The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. Note: After it has been selected the "parking axis" function only becomes active when the pulses are suppressed. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 135 Dyn. index: - CU240E-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2401, 2410 Factory setting Description: Displays or sets the PROFIBUS address for PROFIBUS interface on the Control Unit. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 136 This counter is incremented every time the fault buffer changes. Recommendation: Used to check whether the fault buffer has been read out consistently. Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 137 The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139). The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945. When the parameter is read via PROFIdrive, the TimeDifference data type applies. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 138 Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Displays the device identification. Index: [0] = Company (Siemens = 42) [1] = Device type [2] = Firmware version [3] = Firmware date (year) [4] = Firmware date (day/month) [5] = Number of drive objects...
  • Page 139 = 2 --> 2 drive objects r0964[6] = 200 --> second part, firmware version (complete version: V04.03.02.00) Device type: r0964[1] = 6100 --> SINAMICS G120 CU240B-2_DP r0964[1] = 6103 --> SINAMICS G120 CU240B-2 r0964[1] = 6210 --> SINAMICS G120 CU240E-2_DP r0964[1] = 6211 -->...
  • Page 140 Writing to parameters is inhibited while saving. The progress while saving is displayed in r3996. For p0971 = 30: The original state when delivered is overwritten when executing this memory function. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 141 ... r0989[0...299] The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of the commissioning software. However, they can be read from a higher-level control system (e.g. PROFIBUS master). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 142 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Displays those parameters with a value other than the factory setting for this drive. Dependency: Refer to: r0990, r0999 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 143 Fixed speed setpoint + motor potentiometer Fixed speed setpoint + analog setpoint Fixed speed setpoint + fixed speed setpoint Fixed speed setpoint + fieldbus Fieldbus + no main setpoint Fieldbus + motor potentiometer SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 144 When changing this parameter, the following settings are influenced: Refer to: p1070, p1071, p1075, p1076 Caution: If p1000 is selected as the main setpoint of the fieldbus, the following BICO interconnection is set automatically: p2051[1] = r0063 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 145 Analog setpoint 2 + fieldbus Analog setpoint 2 + analog setpoint 2 200: Analog output connection Dependency: When changing this parameter, the following settings are influenced: Refer to: p1070, p1071, p1075, p1076 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 146 Analog setpoint 2 + motor potentiometer Analog setpoint 2 + analog setpoint Analog setpoint 2 + fixed speed setpoint Analog setpoint 2 + fieldbus Analog setpoint 2 + analog setpoint 2 200: Analog output connection SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 147 Dependency: Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024, r1197 Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 148 Dependency: Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024, r1197 Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 149 Dependency: Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024, r1197 Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 150 Refer to: p1020, p1022, p1023, r1197 Note: If a fixed speed setpoint has not been selected (p1020 ... p1023 = 0, r1197 = 0), then r1024 = 0 (setpoint = 0). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 151 Display and binector output for the status when selecting the fixed speed setpoints. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Fixed speed setpoint selected 3011 Dependency: Refer to: p1016 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 152 Func. diagram: 2505, 3020 CU240E-2_PN_F Factory setting CU240E-2_DP_F [0] 2090.13 [1] 0 [2] 0 [3] 0 Description: Sets the signal source to continually increase the setpoint for the motorized potentiometer. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 153 Sets the maximum speed/velocity for the motorized potentiometer. Note: This parameter is automatically pre-assigned in the commissioning phase. The setpoint output from the motorized potentiometer is limited to this value (see function diagram 3020). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 154 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3020 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source for the setpoint of the motorized potentiometer in the automatic mode. Dependency: Refer to: p1041 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 155 The setpoint is changed from the speed/velocity limit (p1082) to zero within this time (if no initial rounding-off has been activated). Dependency: Refer to: p1030, p1047, p1082 Note: The deceleration time is extended corresponding to the activated initial rounding-off (p1030.2). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 156 Sets the signal source for the speed limit of the negative direction on the ramp-function generator input. Note: The OFF3 ramp-down time (p1135) is effective when the limit is reduced. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 157 The command "ON/OFF1" can be issued using BI: p0840 or using BI: p1055/p1056. Only the signal source that was used to switch on can also be used to switch off again. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 158 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3040 Factory setting 0.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] Description: Sets the speed limit effective in the setpoint channel. Dependency: Refer to: p1082, p1083, p1085, p1086, p1088 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 159 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3030 Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Description: Displays the effective main setpoint. The value shown is the main setpoint after scaling. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 160 The effective minimum speed is formed from p1080 and p1106. Note: The parameter value applies for both motor directions. In exceptional cases, the motor can operate below this value (e.g. when reversing). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 161 During automatic calculation (p0340, p3900), p1082 is limited to speeds where the EMF does not exceed the DC link voltage. p1082 is also available in the quick commissioning (p0010 = 1); this means that when exiting via p3900 > 0, the value is not changed. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 162 Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3050 Factory setting 1086[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the speed/velocity limit of the negative direction. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 163 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3050 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source for scaling the skip speeds. Dependency: Refer to: p1091, p1092, p1093, p1094 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 164 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3030 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source to select the total setpoint. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 165 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3050 Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Description: Displays the speed setpoint after the minimum limiting. Dependency: Refer to: p1091, p1092, p1093, p1094, p1101 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 166 Factory setting Description: Sets the ramp-function generator type. Value: Basic ramp-function generator Extended ramp-function generator Note: Another ramp-function generator type can only be selected when the motor is at a standstill. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 167 For U/f control and sensorless vector control (see p1300), a ramp-down time of 0 s does not make sense. The setting should be based on the startup times (r0345) of the motor. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 168 Sets the minimum ramp-down time. The ramp-down time (p1121) is limited internally to this minimum value. The parameter cannot be set shorter than the minimum ramp-up time (p1123). Dependency: Refer to: p1082 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 169 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3070 Factory setting Description: Sets the smoothed response to the OFF1 command or the reduced setpoint for the extended ramp-function generator. Value: Cont smoothing Discont smoothing SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3070 Factory setting 0.000 [s] 30.000 [s] 0.000 [s] Description: Sets the final rounding-off time for OFF3 for the extended ramp generator. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 171 For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 4 (STW1.4). BI: p1140 = 0 signal: Inhibits the ramp-function generator (the ramp-function generator output is set to zero). BI: p1140 = 1 signal: Ramp-function generator enable. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 172 The ramp-function generator is, independent of the state of the signal source, active in the following cases: - OFF1/OFF3. - ramp-function generator output within the suppression bandwidth. - ramp-function generator output below the minimum speed. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 173 Sets the signal source for accepting the setting value of the ramp-function generator. Dependency: The signal source for the ramp-function generator setting value is set using parameters. Refer to: p1144 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 174 In the U/f mode, ramp-function generator tracking is not active. The speed difference is reduced if the integral component of the speed controller is not maintained when the torque limit is reached (p1400.16 = 1). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 175 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3001, 3080 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source for speed setpoint 2 of the speed controller. Dependency: Refer to: p1155, r1170 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 176 3010 Fixed setp bit 3 3010 Inhibit negative direction 3040 Inhibit positive direction 3040 Setpoint inversion 3040 Motorized potentiometer raise 3020 Motorized potentiometer lower 3020 Bypass ramp-function generator 3060, 3070 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 177 If p1200 is changed during commissioning (p0010 > 0), then it is possible that the old value will no longer be able to be set. The reason for this is that the dynamic limits of p1200 have been changed by a parameter that was set when the drive was commissioned (e.g. p0300). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 178 Reducing the search current can also improve flying restart performance (if the system moment of inertia is not very high, for example). For a reluctance motor, the parameter is only changed after the motor data identification has been carried out. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 179 Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Current impressed No current flow Voltage input Voltage reduced Start ramp-function generator Wait for execution Slope filter act Positive gradient Current < thresh Current minimum SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 180 Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Sets the automatic restart mode (AR). The parameters must be saved in the non-volatile memory p0971 = 1 in order that the setting becomes effective. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 181 CU remains active on power failure longer than the time p1212 / 2, the fault counter will already have been decremented once. In this case, the start counter is thus decreased by the value 2. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 182 In the case of p1210 = 14, 16, the faults which are present must be acknowledged manually within the time in p1213[0]. Otherwise, fault F07320 is generated after the set time. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 183 For bit 10: When the automatic restart function is active, r1214.7 is displayed, otherwise the active fault r2139.3. For bits 12 ... 15: Actual state of the start counter (binary coded). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 184 Sets the time to open the motor holding brake. After the holding brake has been controlled (opened), the speed setpoint remains at zero for this time. After this, the speed setpoint is enabled. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 185 When braking with OFF1 or OFF3, standstill is identified after this time has expired, after the setpoint speed has fallen below p1226 (also refer to p1145). Dependency: The parameter is pre-assigned depending on the size of the power unit. Refer to: p1226 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 186 Factory setting Description: Setting to activate DC braking. Value: No function DC braking DC braking for OFF1/OFF3 DC braking below starting speed Dependency: Refer to: p0300, p1232, p1233, p1234, r1239 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 187 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7017 Factory setting 0.0 [s] 3600.0 [s] 1.0 [s] Description: Sets the DC braking time (as fault response). Dependency: Refer to: p1230, p1231, p1232, p1234, r1239 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 188 - set the input voltage p0210 as low as possible in line with the supply voltage (in so doing avoid A07401). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 189 Note: The Vdc_max controller is not switched back off until the DC-link voltage falls below the threshold 0.95 * r1242 and the controller output is zero. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 190 Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Note: The Vdc_min controller is not switched back off until the DC-link voltage rises above the threshold 1.05 * p1246 and the controller output is zero. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 191 The effective integral time is obtained taking into account p1243 (Vdc_max controller dynamic factor). Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Note: p1251 = 0: The integral component is de-activated. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 192 Vdc_min control is exited (due to the time violation) and in the event of fault response OFF3. It is also possible to increase the OFF3 ramp-down time p1135. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 193 Sets the maximum search frequency for a flying restart in an inhibited setpoint direction (p1110, p1111). Note: The parameter has no effect for an operating mode, which only searches in the setpoint direction (p1200 > 3). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 194 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0000 bin Description: Sets the configuration for the DC link voltage controller. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 195 If the down ramp of the speed setpoint is held for longer than the time set in p1284, then fault F07404 is output. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 196 Its ramp times are decelerated relative to the output signal of the Vdc_max controller. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) Note: For values p1288 = 0.0 to 0.5, the controller dynamics are automatically adapted internally. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 197 Vdc_max controller is determined from the parameterized connection voltage p0210. Value: Automatic detection inhibited Automatic detection enabled Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 198 - [rpm] - [rpm] Description: Displays the actual output of the Vdc controller (DC link voltage controller) Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 199 For Standard Drive Control (p0096 = 1), settings p1300 = 0, 2 are possible, for Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2) only p1300 = 20 can be set. Only operation with U/f characteristic is possible if the rated motor speed is not entered (p0311). Refer to: p0300, p0311, p0500, p1501 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 200 For bit 07: For field orientation (bit04 = 1), the Iq,max controller supports the current limiting controller (see p1341). For diagnostic purposes, the Iq,max controller can be de-activated using this bit. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 201 For p1310 = 0%, a current setpoint is calculated that corresponds to the no-load case. For p1610 = 100 %, a current setpoint is calculated that corresponds to the rated motor current. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 202 For vector control, the starting current is realized using p1611. Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) Refer to: p1300, p1310, p1312, r1315 Notice: The voltage boost results in a higher motor temperature increase. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 203 Refer to: p1300, p1310, p1311, p1321, p1322, p1323, p1324, p1325, p1326, p1327 Note: Linear interpolation is carried out between the points 0 Hz/p1310, p1320/p1321 ... p1326/p1327. The voltage boost when accelerating (p1311) is also applied to the freely programmable U/f characteristic. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 204 0.00 [Hz] Description: The programmable characteristic for the U/f control is defined using 4 points and 0 Hz/p1310. This parameter specifies the voltage of the third point along the characteristic. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 205 Refer to: p1310, p1311, p1320, p1321, p1322, p1323, p1324, p1325, p1326 Note: Linear interpolation is carried out between the points 0 Hz/p1310, p1320/p1321 ... p1326/p1327. The voltage boost when accelerating (p1311) is also applied to the freely programmable U/f characteristic. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 206 Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) Note: For p1334 = 0, the starting frequency of the slip compensation is automatically set to 6 % of the rated motor frequency. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 207 100.00 0.00 Description: Sets the gain for resonance damping for U/f control. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) Refer to: p1300, p1339, p1349 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 208 In the case of power units with regenerative feedback (PM250, PM260), current limitation control for a regenerative load is always implemented by influencing the frequency. This current limiting function is de-activated with p1340 = p1341 = 0. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 209 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6300, 6301 Factory setting - [%] - [%] - [%] Description: Displays the economic factor determined for optimizing motor consumption. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 210 A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. Note: Connected with p1352 a value of 100% corresponds to the motor rated slip (r0330). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 211 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6490 Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 1000 0000 0010 0001 bin Description: Sets the configuration for the closed-loop speed control. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 212 When quick magnetizing (p1401.6 = 1) is selected and when flux build-up control is de-energized alarm A07416 is displayed. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 213 6040 Speed controller I component frozen 6040 Speed controller I component set 6040 Torque limit reached 6060 Upper torque limit active 6060 Lower torque limit active 6060 Droop enabled 6030 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 214 For U/f operation, the value that is displayed is of no relevance. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Refer to: r1439 Note: In the standard state (the reference model is de-activated), r1438 = r1439. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 215 The smoothing must be increased if there is gear backlash. For longer smoothing times, the integral time of the speed controller must also be increased (e.g. using p0340 = 4). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 216 If the upper transition point p1457 of the speed controller adaptation is set to lower values than the lower transition p1456, then the controller gain below p1457 is adapted with p1459 and above p1456, with p1458. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 217 The entry is made referred to the integral time for the lower adaptation speed range of the speed controller (% referred to p1472). Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Refer to: p1464, p1465 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 218 The connector output signal r1468 is increased by a factor of 100 in order to improve the resolution. Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 219 A setting value of zero means that no setting procedure will take place. If p1351 is used as a signal source for the torque setting value, the percentage value is interpreted in relation to the rated torque (p2003). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 220 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6040 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source for scaling the integrator setting value (p1478) of the speed controller. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 221 Droop from integral output speed controller Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) Refer to: p1486, p1487, p1489, r1490, p1492 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 222 Display and connector output for the parameterized total moment of inertia. The value is calculated as follows: (p0341 * p0342) + p1496 Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 223 For single-digit values, the following applies: The value specifies the main setpoint. For double-digit values, the following applies: The left-hand digit specifies the supplementary setpoint, the right-hand digit the main setpoint. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 224 Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) Refer to: p1503, p1511 Notice: When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 225 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6030, 6060, 6722 Factory setting - [Nm] - [Nm] - [Nm] Description: Displays the torque setpoint before entering the supplementary torque. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 226 The displayed value is the total of supplementary torque values 1 and 2 (p1511, p1512, p1513, p1514). Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 227 The torque limit is limited to 400% of the rated motor torque. When automatically calculating the motor/closed-loop control parameters (p0340), the torque limit is set to match the current limit (p0640). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 228 A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. Note: This parameter can be freely interconnected. The value has the meaning stated above if it is interconnected from connector input p1528. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 229 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6630 Factory setting 1525[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the scaling of the lower torque limit in p1523. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 230 Index 0 indicates the signal limited by the Vdc controller. Index: [0] = Limited [1] = Unlimited Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 231 Displays the torque limit to limit the speed controller output. Index: [0] = Upper limit [1] = Lower limit Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 232 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0.10 [%] 100.00 [%] 10.00 [%] Description: Sets the threshold for the accelerating torque for the moment of inertia estimator. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 233 Display and connector output for the monitored load torque in the negative direction of rotation. The moment of inertia estimator estimates the load torque drawn while the speed is constant. Dependency: Refer to: p1400, p1560, p1561 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 234 In the field weakening range, it must be expected that the control dynamic performance is somewhat restricted due to the limited possibilities of controlling/adjusting the voltage. This can be improved by increasing the voltage reserve. Increasing the reserve reduces the steady-state maximum output voltage (r0071). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 235 Factory setting 4 [ms] 5000 [ms] 15 [ms] Description: Sets the smoothing time for the flux setpoint. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 236 Factory setting - [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms] Description: Displays the pre-control value for the field weakening current. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 237 DC link voltage, is reached. Negative values cause the field weakening controller to intervene earlier, so that the voltage can move away from the modulation depth limit. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 238 For p1610 = 100 %, a current setpoint is calculated that corresponds to the rated motor torque. Negative values are converted into positive setpoints in the case of induction and permanent-magnet synchronous motors as well as closed-loop controlled reluctance motors. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 239 - [Arms] - [Arms] Description: Displays the steady-state field generating current setpoint (Id_set). Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Note: For index 1: Reserved. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 240 Sets the proportional gain of the current controller. This value is automatically pre-set using p3900 or p0340 when commissioning has been completed. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 241 Displays the integral component of the Isd current controller (flux-generating current, PI controller). Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 242 Displays the actual output of the quadrature channel de-coupling for the q axis. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 243 Display and connector output for the quadrature axis voltage setpoint Uq. Index: [0] = Unsmoothed [1] = Smoothed with p0045 Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 244 * p1755. The parameter value cannot be changed. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Refer to: p1755, p1756 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 245 If bit 2 = 1, then bit 3 is automatically set to 1. Manual de-selection is possible and may be sensible if the saturation characteristic (p1960) was not measured for third-party motors. Generally, for standard SIEMENS motors, the already pre-assigned (default value) saturation characteristic is adequate.
  • Page 246 If bit 2 = 1, then bit 3 is automatically set to 1. Manual de-selection is possible and may be sensible if the saturation characteristic (p1960) was not measured for third-party motors. Generally, for standard SIEMENS motors, the already pre-assigned (default value) saturation characteristic is adequate.
  • Page 247 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the speed to change over the motor model to encoderless operation. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 248 Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Refer to: p1755, p1756 Note: With p1759 = 2000 ms, the delay time becomes ineffective and the model changeover is determined by the output frequency only (changeover for p1755). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 249 Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Displays the effective proportional gain of the controller for the speed adaptation. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 250 Index: [0] = Slip speed estimated [1] = Speed estimated Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 251 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting - [°] - [°] - [°] Description: Displays the difference between the motor model flux angle and the transformation angle. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 252 Feeding back the measured model fault to the model states increases the control stability and makes the motor model rugged against parameter errors. When feedback is selected (p1784 > 0), Lh adaptation is not effective. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 253 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting - [Hz] - [Hz] - [Hz] Description: Displays the switch-on slip frequency for the Lh adaptation for the induction motor (ASM). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 254 Display and connector output for the actual converter switching frequency. Index: [0] = Actual [1] = Modulator minimum value Note: The selected pulse frequency (p1800) may be reduced if the drive converter has an overload condition (p0290). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 255 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Sets the modulator mode. Value: Automatic changeover SVM/FLB Space vector modulation (SVM) SVM without overcontrol SVM/FLB without overcontrol SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 256 Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0.0 [ms] 10000.0 [ms] 0.0 [ms] Description: Sets the filter time constant for the DC link voltage. This time constant is used to calculate the modulation depth. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 257 The selection is only valid if the DC link compensation is not performed in the Control Unit (bit 1 = 0). For bit 01 = 0: DC link voltage compensation in the modulator. For bit 01 = 1: DC link voltage compensation in the current control. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 258 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0.00 [µs] 3.99 [µs] 0.00 [µs] Description: Sets the valve lockout time to compensate for phase V. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 259 (p1900 = 1, 3; also refer to p1960; not for p1300 < 20). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 260 (p1900 = 1, 3; also refer to p1960; not for p1300 < 20). p1900 = 0: Function inhibited. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 261 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0000 bin Description: Sets the configuration for the test pulse evaluation. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 262 Stator inductance estimate no measurement Rotor time constant estimate no measurement Leakage inductance estimate no measurement Determine Tr and Lsig evaluation in the time range Activate vibration damping De-activate vibration detection SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 263 "Quick commissioning" must be carried out (p0010 = 1, p3900 > 0) before executing the motor data identification routine! When selecting the motor data identification routine, the drive data set changeover is suppressed. Refer to: p1900 Refer to: F07990, A07991 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 264 Func. diagram: - Factory setting - [ms] - [ms] - [ms] Description: Displays the identified rotor time constant. Index: [0] = Phase U [1] = Phase V [2] = Phase W SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 265 - [mH] - [mH] Description: Displays the stator inductance identified for the 3rd point of the saturation characteristic. Index: [0] = Phase U [1] = Phase V [2] = Phase W SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 266 The selection only has an effect on the measurement p1960 = 1, 2. For the shortened measurement, the magnetizing current and moment of inertia are determined with a somewhat lower accuracy. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 267 The setting possibilities of the parameter depend on the open-loop/closed-loop control mode (p1300). p1300 < 20 (U/f open-loop control): It is not possible to select rotating measurement or speed controller optimization. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 268 The q leakage inductance (refer to p1959.5) is determined at zero speed and at 50 % of p1965 - however, with a maximum output frequency of 15 Hz and at a minimum of 10% of the rated motor speed. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 269 - [Hz] - [Hz] Description: Displays the vibration frequencies determined by the vibration test. Index: [0] = Frequency low [1] = Frequency high Dependency: Refer to: p1959 Refer to: F07985 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 270 Displays the saturation characteristic of the pole position identification routine (saturation technique). Displays the current characteristic of the pole position identification routine (elasticity technique). Dependency: Refer to: p0325, p0329, p1980, r1984, r1987 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 271 The signal of an analog input (e.g. r0755[0]) is connected to a speed setpoint (e.g. p1070[0]). The actual percentage input value is cyclically converted into the absolute speed setpoint using the reference speed (p2000). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 272 Rated motor current 50 A for MDS1 in DDS1 --> 100 % corresponds to 200 % of the rated motor current When the reference current is changed, short-term communication interruptions may occur. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 273 The reference power is calculated as follows: - 2 * Pi * reference speed / 60 * reference torque (motor) - reference voltage * reference current * root(3) (infeed) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 274 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Sets the baud rate for the commissioning interface (USS, RS232). Value: 9600 baud 19200 baud 38400 baud 57600 baud 76800 baud SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 275 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9310 Factory setting Description: Sets the baud rate for the field bus interface (RS485). Value: 2400 baud 4800 baud 9600 baud 19200 baud 38400 baud 57600 baud SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 276 The parameter is set to the factory setting when the protocol is reselected. When p2030 = 1 (USS), the following applies: Min./max./factory setting: 0/30/0 When p2030 = 2 (Modbus), the following applies: Min./max./factory setting: 1/247/1 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 277 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240E-2_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9310 Factory setting Description: Displays the receive errors on the field bus interface (RS485). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 278 After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996. Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0. Note: Changes only become effective after POWER ON. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 279 Do not change the setting p2037 = 0. Note: If the STW1 is not transferred according to the PROFIdrive with PZD1 (with bit 10 "master control by PLC"), then p2037 should be set to 2. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 280 SINAMICS can be operated with various identities on PROFIBUS. This allows the use of a PROFIBUS GSD that is independent of the device (e.g. PROFIdrive VIK-NAMUR with Ident Number 3AA0 hex). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 281 Func. diagram: 2440, 2468, 9360 Factory setting Description: Connector output to interconnect PZD (setpoints) with word format received from the fieldbus controller. Index: [0] = PZD 1 [1] = PZD 2 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 282 [4] = PZD 5 [5] = PZD 6 [6] = PZD 7 [7] = PZD 8 [8] = PZD 9 [9] = PZD 10 [10] = PZD 11 [11] = PZD 12 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 283 Factory setting Description: Status display for the PROFIBUS interface. Value: No connection (search for baud rate) Connection OK (baud rate found) Cyclic connection with master (data exchange) Cyclic data OK SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 284 Selects the PZD (actual values) with double word format to be sent to the fieldbus controller. Index: [0] = PZD 1 + 2 [1] = PZD 2 + 3 [2] = PZD 3 + 4 [3] = PZD 4 + 5 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 285 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 Bit 16 Bit 17 Bit 18 Bit 19 Bit 20 Bit 21 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 286 Displays the PROFIBUS address of the sender from which the process data (PZD) is received. Index: [0] = PZD 1 [1] = PZD 2 [2] = PZD 3 [3] = PZD 4 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 287 [9] = PZD 10 [10] = PZD 11 [11] = PZD 12 [12] = PZD 13 [13] = PZD 14 [14] = PZD 15 [15] = PZD 16 [16] = PZD 17 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 288 If p2079 is also set to 999, then all of the interconnections can be set. For p0922 = 999 and p2079 < 999 the following applies: The interconnections contained in the telegram are inhibited. However, the telegram can be extended. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 289 The individual bits are combined to form status word 1. Index: [0] = Bit 0 [1] = Bit 1 [2] = Bit 2 [3] = Bit 3 [4] = Bit 4 [5] = Bit 5 [6] = Bit 6 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 290 [5] = Bit 5 [6] = Bit 6 [7] = Bit 7 [8] = Bit 8 [9] = Bit 9 [10] = Bit 10 [11] = Bit 11 [12] = Bit 12 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 291 [9] = Bit 9 [10] = Bit 10 [11] = Bit 11 [12] = Bit 12 [13] = Bit 13 [14] = Bit 14 [15] = Bit 15 Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 292 Bit 8 Inverted Not inverted Bit 9 Inverted Not inverted Bit 10 Inverted Not inverted Bit 11 Inverted Not inverted Bit 12 Inverted Not inverted Bit 13 Inverted Not inverted SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 293 0 signal Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 294 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 295 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 Dependency: Refer to: p2099 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 296 Bit 11 Inverted Not inverted Bit 12 Inverted Not inverted Bit 13 Inverted Not inverted Bit 14 Inverted Not inverted Bit 15 Inverted Not inverted Dependency: Refer to: r2094, r2095, p2099 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 297 F12345 and fault response = NONE (OFF1, OFF2) --> The fault response NONE can be changed to OFF1 or OFF2. For value = 1 (OFF1): Braking along the ramp-function generator down ramp followed by a pulse inhibit. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 298 Factory setting CU240E-2_DP_F [0] 722.2 [1] 0 [2] 0 [3] 0 Description: Sets the second signal source to acknowledge faults. Note: A fault acknowledgment is triggered with a 0/1 signal. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 299 - BI: p2108 negated - BI: p3111 - BI: p3112 negated Dependency: Refer to: p3110, p3111, p3112 Refer to: F07862 Note: An external fault is triggered with a 1/0 signal. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 300 Displays the total system runtime for the drive unit. The time comprises r2114[0] (milliseconds) and r2114[1] (days). After r2114[0] has reached a value of 86.400.000 ms (24 hours) this value is reset and r2114[1] is incremented. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 301 Value: Fault (F) Alarm (A) No message (N) Dependency: Selects the fault or alarm selection and sets the required type of message realized under the same index. Refer to: p2118 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 302 Description: Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the alarm occurred. Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2124, r2125, r2134, r2145, r2146 Notice: The time comprises r2145 (days) and r2123 (milliseconds). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 303 It is not possible to re-parameterize the acknowledge mode for a fault in the following cases: - fault number does not exist (exception value = 0). - Message type is not "fault" (F). - Acknowledge mode is not permissible for the set fault number. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 304 Displays the system runtime in days when the fault occurred. Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2133, r2136 Notice: The time comprises r2130 (days) and r0948 (milliseconds). The value displayed in p2130 refers to 01.01.1970. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 305 Display and BICO output for the second status word of faults and alarms. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Fault motor overtemperature 8016 Fault power unit thermal overload 8021 Alarm motor overtemperature 8016 Alarm power unit thermal overload 8021 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 306 For bit 11, 12: These status bits are used for the classification of internal alarm classes and are intended for diagnostic purposes only on certain automation systems with integrated SINAMICS functionality. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 307 Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2125, r2134, r2146 Notice: The time comprises r2145 (days) and r2123 (milliseconds). Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 308 When the bit is set, r2197.1 and r2197.2 are determined using separate hysteresis functions. For bit 05: When this bit is set, a change to open-loop speed controlled operation is only possible when the motor is stationary. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 309 Sets the time constant of the PT1 element to smooth the speed / velocity actual value. The smoothed actual speed/velocity is compared with the threshold values and is only used for messages and signals. Dependency: Refer to: r2169 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 310 Sets the speed threshold value for the following messages: "|n_act| < = speed threshold value 6" (BO: r2198.2) "|n_act| > speed threshold value 6" (BO: r2198.3) Dependency: Refer to: p2150, p2160 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 311 210000.00 [rpm] 90.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the speed threshold value for the "speed setpoint - actual value deviation in tolerance t_off" signal/message (BO: r2197.7). Dependency: Refer to: p2164, p2166, r2197 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 312 Func. diagram: 8011 Factory setting 0.0 [ms] 10000.0 [ms] 200.0 [ms] Description: Sets the switch-on delay for the "speed setpoint - actual value deviation in tolerance t_on" signal/message (BO: r2199.4). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 313 0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 10 [ms] Description: Sets the delay time for the comparison of the current actual value (r0068) with the current threshold value (p2170). Dependency: Refer to: p2170 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 314 The following applies for encoderless vector control for permanent magnet synchronous motors: At low speeds in open-loop speed controlled operation (see p1755, p1756), a blocked motor can only be detected if p2175 = p1755, and p1750.6 is set to 1. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 315 For synchronous motors the output current can be almost zero under no load conditions. Note: Missing output load is signaled in the following cases: - the motor is not connected. - a phase failure has occurred. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 316 Refer to: A07926 Note: In order that the load monitoring can reliably respond, the speed threshold p2182 should always be set lower than the minimum motor speed to be monitored. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 317 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8013 Factory setting 0.00 [Nm] 20000000.00 [Nm] 0.00 [Nm] Description: Sets the speed/torque envelope curve for load monitoring. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 318 Sets the speed/torque envelope curve for load monitoring. Dependency: The following applies: p2190 < p2189 Refer to: p2184, p2189 Refer to: A07926 Note: The lower envelope curve is defined by p2186, p2188 and p2190. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 319 The message "torque setpoint < p2174" (BO: r2198.10) and "torque utilization < p2194" (BO: r2199.11) are only evaluated after the run-up and the delay time has expired. Dependency: Refer to: r0033, p2195, r2199 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 320 1 signal direction of rotation positive. 0 signal: direction of rotation negative. The hysteresis is set in p2150. For bit 04: The threshold value is set in r1119 and the hysteresis in p2150. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 321 Display and BICO output for the third status word of the monitoring functions. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal |n_act| < speed threshold value 3 8010 f or n comparison value reached or 8010 exceeded SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 322 Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229 Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 323 Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229 Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 324 Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229 Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 325 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7950, 7951 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source to select a fixed value of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2222, p2223 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 326 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7950 Factory setting Description: Displays the number of the selected fixed setpoint of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: r2224 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 327 Displays the setpoint memory for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller. For p2230.0 = 1, the last setpoint that was saved is entered after ON. Dependency: Refer to: p2230 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 328 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%] Description: Sets the starting value for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller. For p2230.0 = 0, this setpoint is entered after ON. Dependency: Refer to: p2230 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 329 Factory setting - [%] - [%] - [%] Description: Displays the effective setpoint after the internal ramp-function generator for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: r2245 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 330 / p2000 * 100%. For bit 06 = 1: In r2349, bit 10 and bit 11 are not displayed when reaching internal limits (e.g. for OFF1/3). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 331 Factory setting 0.00 [s] 650.00 [s] 1.00 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-up time of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2258 Note: The ramp-up time is referred to 100 %. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 332 Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source for the actual value of the technology controller. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 333 Description: Sets the scaling factor for the actual value of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2264, p2265, p2267, p2268, p2271 Note: For 100%, the actual value is not changed. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 334 Func. diagram: 7958 Factory setting - [%] - [%] - [%] Description: Displays the system deviation between the setpoint and actual value of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2263 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 335 Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source for the pre-control signal of the technology controller. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 336 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Factory setting - [%] - [%] - [%] Description: Display and connector output for the output signal of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2295 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 337 In mode p2251 = 1, p2299 must be connected to the output of ramp-function generator r1150 so that the technology controller stops when the speed limits are reached (see also p2297, p2298). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 338 To avoid speed setpoint steps in the range of the skip speeds, we recommend setting p2252 bit 4 = 1 (ramp-function generator bypass de-activated). Dependency: The parameter has no effect for p2252 bit 5 = 1 (integrator hold de-activated). Refer to: r2273 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 339 Display and BICO output for the status word of the technology controller. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Technology controller de-activated Technology controller limited Technology controller motorized potentiometer limited max Technology controller motorized potentiometer limited min SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 340 The tuning technique is identical for all options. Only the P, I and D values are calculated differently. This parameter is set to zero after automatic tuning has been completed. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 341 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1021 Factory setting - [%] - [%] - [%] Description: Display and connector output for frequently used percentage values. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 342 [2] = d-flux iq1 [3] = d-flux iq2 [4] = d-current error iq0 [5] = d-current error iq1 [6] = d-current error iq2 Note: RESM: reluctance synchronous motor (synchronous reluctance motor) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 343 The faults and alarms are assigned to the appropriate signaling/message classes and influence a specific message bit. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Fault converter information electronics/software error Network fault DC-link overvoltage Fault drive converter power electronics SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 344 The relevant message type during changeover is selected by the firmware. 0: Safety messages are not re-parameterized 1: Safety messages are re-parameterized Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 345 Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 4: DC link fault Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 5: power electronics faulted SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 346 Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 8: motor overload Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 0, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 9: communication error to the higher-level control SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 347 150.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the permissible speed deviation during load monitoring (for p2193 = 2). Dependency: Refer to: r2169, p2181, p2193, p3230 Refer to: A07920, A07921, A07922, F07923, F07924, F07925 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 348 Refer to: r0041, p3321, p3322, p3323, p3324, p3325, p3326, p3327, p3328, p3329 Note: The reference value for power and speed is the rated power/rated speed. The energy saved is displayed in r0041. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 349 Refer to: r0041, p3320, p3321, p3322, p3324, p3325, p3326, p3327, p3328, p3329 Note: The reference value for power and speed is the rated power/rated speed. The energy saved is displayed in r0041. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 350 Refer to: r0041, p3320, p3321, p3322, p3323, p3324, p3325, p3326, p3328, p3329 Note: The reference value for power and speed is the rated power/rated speed. The energy saved is displayed in r0041. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 351 Sets the signal source for command 2 for the two-wire control/three-wire control. Dependency: Refer to: p0015, p3330, p3332, r3333, p3334 Note: The mode of operation of this binector input is dependent on the wire control set in p0015. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 352 Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs. This parameter specifies the n coordinate of the 1st value pair of the friction characteristic. Dependency: Refer to: p3830, p3845 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 353 Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs. This parameter specifies the n coordinate of the 6th value pair of the friction characteristic. Dependency: Refer to: p3835, p3845 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 354 Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs. This parameter specifies the M coordinate of the 1st value pair of the friction characteristic. Dependency: Refer to: p3820, p3845 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 355 Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs. This parameter specifies the M coordinate of the 6th value pair of the friction characteristic. Dependency: Refer to: p3825, p3845 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 356 Display and BICO output for the status word of the friction characteristic. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Friction characteristic OK Friction characteristic record activated Friction characteristic record completed SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 357 A differentiation is not made between these individual loss components. We recommend that a motor temperature sensor is used because torque deviations can also be emulated/mapped on the characteristic due to the thermal influence. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 358 Vdc_max control is simultaneously active (refer to p1280). Note: The parameter value is entered relative to the rated motor current (p0305). Compound braking is de-activated with p3856 = 0%. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 359 When calculating motor, open-loop and closed-loop control parameters (such as for p0340 = 1) parameters associated with a selected Siemens catalog motor are not overwritten. If a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300), then the following parameters are reset with p3900 > 0 in order to restore the situation that applied when commissioning the drive for the first time: induction motor: p0320, p0352, p0362 ...
  • Page 360 Determine only stator resistance, valve voltage fault, dead time Short motor identification (lower quality) Measurement without control parameter calculation After motID direct transition into operation After MotID automatically save results Estimate cable resistance SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 361 Wobble U_generation to determine magnetizing inductance Alternating U_generate to determine dead- time correction Alternating U_generate to determine stator resistance Alternating U_generate to determine rotor time constant Alternating U_generate to determine leakage inductance SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 362 Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Displays the status word for the drive unit. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 363 Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Displays the number of parameters for this drive unit. The number comprises the device-specific and the drive-specific parameters. Dependency: Refer to: r0980, r0981, r0989 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 364 Save parameters 725: Wait for cyclic 740: Check the ability to operate 745: Start cyclic calculations 750: Interrupt enable 800: Initialization finished Index: [0] = System [1] = Partial boot SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 365 The prerequisite is that the drive pulses are inhibited, and the moment of inertia was previously determined. For bit 06: The speed controller gain set in p1460 is not changed when calculating the controller data. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 366 The function module "Moment of inertia estimator" (r0108.10) must be activated for the "Moment of inertia precontrol" function. Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Refer to: p5310, p5312, p5313, p5314, p5315 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 367 Factory setting -340.28235E36 [kgm²] 340.28235E36 [kgm²] 0.000000 [kgm²] Description: Setting of the constant coefficients for moment of inertia precontrol in the negative direction when the moment of inertia estimator is active. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 368 Display and BICO output for faults and alarms of the motor temperature monitoring. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Motor temperature measurement fault active Motor temperature model fault active SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 369 Sets the fault threshold for monitoring the motor temperature for motor temperature models 1 and 3. Fault F07011 is output after the fault threshold is exceeded. The stator winding temperature (r0632) is used to initiate the signal. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 370 The parameter value is an image of p0613. Dependency: Refer to: r0034 Note: Users cannot see and change parameter p0613 (only Siemens internal). r5398[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 3 alarm threshold image p5390 / A thr image p5390 Access level: 2 Calculated: -...
  • Page 371 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2381, 2382 Factory setting 0000 bin Description: Sets the general properties for energy-saving. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 372 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Displays the actual serial number of the Control Unit. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 373 When know-how protection has been activated, the contents of the memory card (parameter and DCC data) can be additionally protected against being used with other memory cards/Control Units. This bit is only set if know-how protection is active and p7765 bit 00 is set. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 374 Func. diagram: - Factory setting 65535 [0] 7766 [1...499] 0 Description: OEM exception list (p7764[0...n] for setting parameters that should be excluded from know-how protection. p7764[0...n], with n = p7763 - 1 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 375 - Password entry must start with p7766[0]. - no gaps are permissible in the password. - Entering a password is completed when writing to p7766[29] (p7766[29] = 0 for passwords less than 30 characters). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 376 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Setting to backup/import/delete NVRAM data. NVRAM data are non-volatile data in the device (e.g. fault buffer). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 377 = 0 dec --> ASCII characters = " " --> serial number, character 8 r7843[19] = 0 dec --> ASCII characters = " " --> serial number, character 20 r7843[20] = 0 dec Serial number = 111923E SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 378 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: - Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Description: For the manual mode: Display of the speed setpoint entered at the BOP/ IOP. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 379 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Sets the unit for displaying and entering speeds. Value: SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 380 Displays the ACX file saved in the appropriate directory in the non-volatile memory. Dependency: Refer to: p1500 Note: For a value = 9999999, the following applies: The read operation is still running. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 381 Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Parameters for the PROFINET data set "Identification and Maintenance 2" (I&M 2). This information is known as "Installation date". Dependency: Refer to: p8806, p8808 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 382 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2_PN_F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: State display for PROFINET. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 383 Displays the PROFINET identification data Index: [0] = Version interface structure [1] = Version interface driver [2] = Company (Siemens = 42) [3] = CB type [4] = Firmware version [5] = Firmware date (year) [6] = Firmware date (day/month)
  • Page 384 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Sets the subnet mask for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit. The actual subnet mask is displayed in r8933. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 385 The "Shared Device" functionality is activated with a value = 2. The drive is being accessed by two PROFINET controllers simultaneously: - automation controller (SIMOTION or SIMATIC A-CPU). - safety controller (SIMATIC F-CPU). Value: Automation or Safety Automation and Safety SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 386 When the DHCP mode is active (parameter value not equal to 0), PROFINET communication via this interface is no longer possible! However, the interface can be used for commissioning tool such as STARTER or SCOUT. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 387 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Displays the IP address of the first PROFINET controller connected with the device via PN onboard. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 388 Sets the scaling for the speed for Ethernet/IP ODVA profile (p8980 = 1). Value: 123: 124: 125: 126: 127: 128: 129: 130: 0.25 131: 0.125 132: 0.0625 133: 0.03125 Dependency: Refer to: p8980 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 389 Only memory access USB commissioning and memory access Note: COMM: Commissioning. A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 390 CU240E-2_F Factory setting CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2_DP_F Description: Sets the function specification for the safe motion monitoring. Value: Safety without encoder and braking ramp(SBR) Safety without encoder with accel_monitoring(SAM) / delay time SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 391 For bit = 0 and with the SDI safety function activated, the following applies: - Monitoring continues during pulse suppression. The status signal indicates active and the system goes into the STO state. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 392 [6] = Gearbox 7 [7] = Gearbox 8 Dependency: Refer to: p9322 Notice: It is not possible to change over the gearbox stages. Gearbox 1 (index 0) is always active. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 393 For a "linear axis with rotating motor" and factory setting of p9320, p9321 and p9322, the factory setting of p9342 corresponds to a position tolerance of 36 ° on the motor side. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 394 Refer to: p9548 Refer to: C01706 Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. Note: SAM: Safe Acceleration Monitor (safe acceleration monitoring) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 395 Below this speed "standstill" is assumed and for STOP B / SS1, the pulses are suppressed (by changing to STOP A). Dependency: Refer to: p9356, p9560 Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 396 This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. Note: The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle. SDI: Safe Direction (safe motion direction) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 397 Dyn. index: - PM260 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - CU240E-2_F Factory setting CU240E-2_PN_F 0000 hex 00AC hex CU240E-2_DP_F Description: Displays the status of the acceptance test mode. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 398 Dyn. index: - PM260 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - CU240E-2_F Factory setting CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2_DP_F Description: Sets the tolerance of the plausibility monitoring of the current and voltage angle. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 399 Sets the minimum current for encoderless actual value sensing referred to 1 A (i.e. 1 % = 10 mA). - the value must be increased if C30711 has occurred with message value 1042. - the value must be decreased if C30711 has occurred with message value 1041. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 400 Sets the checksum over the checked Safety Integrated parameters of the motion monitoring functions (actual checksum) on processor 2. Index: [0] = Checksum over SI parameters for motion monitoring [1] = Checksum over SI parameters with hardware reference SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 401 For bit 02, 00: Bit 2/0 = 0/0: No memory card inserted. Bit 2/0 = 0/1: Memory card inserted, but not a SIEMENS memory card. Bit 2/0 = 1/0: Status not possible. Bit 2/0 = 1/1: SIEMENS memory card inserted.
  • Page 402 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Only for internal Siemens service purposes. Dependency: Refer to: r9406, r9407 Note: All indices from r9406 to r9408 designate the same parameter. r9406[x] parameter number, parameter not accepted...
  • Page 403 Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Displays the number of BICO interconnections to the signal sink being searched for. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 404 Enable SI Motion Enable Inhibit Enable SSM hysteresis and filtering Enable Inhibit 2823 Enable SDI Enable Inhibit 2824 Enable F-DI in PROFIsafe telegram Enable Inhibit Dependency: Refer to: F01682, F01683 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 405 SSM limit was able to be identified before pulse cancellation. In this case, the OFF1 or the OFF3 ramp-down time or the clearance between the SSM limit speed and shutdown speed must be increased. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 406 For bit = 0 and with the SDI safety function activated, the following applies: - Monitoring continues during pulse suppression. The status signal indicates active and the system goes into the STO state. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 407 Sets the limit values for the function "Safely Limited Speed" (SLS). Index: [0] = Limit value SLS1 [1] = Limit value SLS2 [2] = Limit value SLS3 [3] = Limit value SLS4 Dependency: Refer to: p9563 Refer to: C01714 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 408 The parameter is included in the crosswise data comparison of the two monitoring channels. The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle. SSM: Safe Speed Monitor (safety-relevant feedback signal from the velocity monitoring) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 409 When transitioning from a higher to a lower safely limited velocity/speed stage, within this delay time, the "old" velocity stage remains active. Even if SLS is activated from the state "SLS in active", then this delay is still applied. Note: SLS: Safely Limited Speed SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 410 Below this speed "standstill" is assumed and for STOP B / SS1, the pulses are suppressed (by changing to STOP A). Dependency: Refer to: p9556 Note: The shutdown speed has no effect for a value = 0. SS1: Safe Stop 1 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 411 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2824 CU240E-2_F Factory setting CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2_DP_F Description: Sets the stop response for the function "Safe motion direction" (SDI). This setting applies to both directions of motion. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 412 [0D hex] Acc_mode not possible due to incorrect ID in p9570 [0F hex] Acc_mode not possible due to expired Acc_timer 172: [AC hex] Acc_mode active Dependency: Refer to: p9558, p9570 Refer to: C01799 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 413 Reducing this value can adversely affect the actual value sensing and the plausibility check. When the value is increased, this results in a longer evaluation delay and a higher velocity deviation (r9787). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 414 If required, the correct value of the motor minimum current should be determined by making the appropriate measurements. Dependency: Refer to: r9785 Refer to: C01711 Notice: If this percentage value is reduced excessively, then this can result in a safety message and an inaccurate actual value. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 415 Extended functions are enabled via onboard terminals (permissible for r9771.5 = 1). 0008 hex: Basic functions are enabled via PROFIsafe (permissible for r9771.6 = 1). 0009 hex: Basic functions are enabled via PROFIsafe onboard terminals (permissible for r9771.6 = 1). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 416 Not all of the settings listed below will be permissible, depending on the Control Unit and Power Module being used: 0000 hex: Safety functions integrated in the drive inhibited (no safety function). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 417 Enable PROFIsafe (processor 1) Enable Inhibit Enable Power Module STO Enable Inhibit Dependency: Refer to: r9771, p9801 Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. STO: Safe Torque Off SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 418 Basic functions are enabled via PROFIsafe (permissible for r9771.6 = 1). 0009 hex: Basic functions are enabled via PROFIsafe onboard terminals (permissible for r9771.6 = 1). 000C hex: Extended functions are enabled via PROFIsafe (permissible for r9771.4 = 1). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 419 For a crosswise data comparison between p9650 and p9850, a difference of one Safety monitoring clock cycle is tolerated. The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle. F-DI: Failsafe Digital Input SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 420 - [h] CU240E-2_DP CU240E-2 PN CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2_DP_F Description: Displays the time remaining before dynamization and testing of the safety switch-off signal paths (forced checking procedure). Dependency: Refer to: A01699 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 421 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - PM260 Factory setting CU240E-2 4294967295 CU240E-2_DP CU240E-2 PN CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2_DP_F Description: CRC via Node Identifier of the Control Unit. Note: CU: Control Unit SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 422 CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2_DP_F Description: Setting to transfer the reference checksums from the associated actual checksums after changes (SI parameters, hardware). After transferring the reference checksums, parameters are automatically reset to zero. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 423 The maximum difference between the load-side position actual value on processor 1 and the load-side position actual value on processor 2. For index 4: The content corresponds to the value in index 0. CDC: Crosswise Data Comparison SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 424 [3] = Load-side maximum actual value difference P1 - P2 [4] = Load-side actual value as safe position via PROFIsafe [5] = Load-side additional actual value difference CU - second channel Dependency: Refer to: r9708, r9724 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 425 Deselect SDI negative 2824 Note: This parameter is only supplied with actual values if SI Motion functions are active. For Safety Integrated Basic Functions (STO), the value is equal to zero. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 426 Dyn. index: - PM260 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - CU240E-2_F Factory setting CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2_DP_F Description: Displays the diagnostic signals for safety-relevant motion monitoring functions integrated in the drive. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 427 The significance of the individual message values is described in message C01711. CDC: Crosswise Data Comparison For index 1, 2: When Safety message C01711 with message value >= 1000 occurs, these indices are not supplied with values. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 428 Index 1: For a two-encoder system, with just non-safety capable encoders, this means the poorer value of the two encoders. Index[1] takes into account the coarse resolution of the encoder only SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 429 The signal state behaves in an opposite way to the PROFIsafe Standard. Note: This parameter is only supplied with actual values if SI Motion functions are active. For Safety Integrated Basic Functions (STO), the value is equal to zero. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 430 Dyn. index: - PM260 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2840, 2855 CU240E-2_PN_F Factory setting CU240E-2_DP_F Description: Status signal for safety-relevant motion monitoring functions integrated in the drive. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 431 CU240E-2 PN CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2_DP_F Description: Enters a new Safety Integrated password. Dependency: A change made to the Safety Integrated password must be acknowledged in the following parameter: Refer to: p9763 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 432 [5] = PZD 6 [6] = PZD 7 [7] = PZD 8 Dependency: Refer to: r9769 Note: The PROFIsafe trailer at the end of the telegram is also displayed (2 words). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 433 Processor 1 determines this display. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal STO supported via terminals 2804 Basic Functions PROFIsafe supported Dependency: Refer to: r9871 Note: STO: Safe Torque Off SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 434 Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2804 CU240E-2_F Factory setting Description: Displays the supported Safety Integrated monitoring functions. Processor 1 determines this display. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 435 STO cause: Safety comm. mode STO cause selection via terminal (Basic Functions) STO cause actual value missing STO cause selection PROFIsafe (Basic Functions) STO cause selection on the other monitoring channel SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 436 For bit 18: When the bit is set, STO is selected via PROFIsafe. For bit 19: For the drive-integrated motion monitoring functions, due to OFF2, no actual value sensing possible. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 437 Safety functions (basic functions or extended functions) have been enabled and are active. For bit 02 = 1: A safety-relevant component has been replaced. Data save required (p0977 = 1 or p0971 = 1 or "copy RAM to ROM"). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 438 Note: Information regarding the relationship between monitoring clock cycle and response times can be found in the following references: - SINAMICS G120 Function Manual Safety Integrated - technical documentation for the particular product r9781[0...1] SI checksum to check changes (processor 1) / SI chg chksm P1...
  • Page 439 [2] = Current angle actual value Dependency: Refer to: p9585 Note: For index 0: Displays the actual plausibility angle. For index 1: Displays the actual voltage angle. For index 2: Displays the actual current angle. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 440 Displays the number of the cross-compared data item which caused STOP F on processor 1. Dependency: Refer to: F01611 Note: A complete list of numbers for crosswise-compared data items appears in fault F01611. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 441 Basic functions are enabled via PROFIsafe (permissible for r9771.6 = 1). 0009 hex: Basic functions are enabled via PROFIsafe onboard terminals (permissible for r9771.6 = 1). 000C hex: Extended functions are enabled via PROFIsafe (permissible for r9771.4 = 1). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 442 Not all of the settings listed below will be permissible, depending on the Control Unit and Power Module being used: 0000 hex: Safety functions integrated in the drive inhibited (no safety function). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 443 This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. STO: Safe Torque Off SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 444 Extended functions are enabled via onboard terminals (permissible for r9771.5 = 1). 0008 hex: Basic functions are enabled via PROFIsafe (permissible for r9771.6 = 1). 0009 hex: Basic functions are enabled via PROFIsafe onboard terminals (permissible for r9771.6 = 1). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 445 For a crosswise data comparison between p9650 and p9850, a difference of one Safety monitoring clock cycle is tolerated. The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle. F-DI: Failsafe Digital Input SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 446 Displays the supported Safety Integrated monitoring functions. Processor 2 determines this display. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal STO supported via terminals 2804 Dependency: Refer to: r9771 Note: STO: Safe Torque Off SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 447 (p9601.2 = 1) Extended Functions encoderless supported Yes Extended Functions SDI supported Extended Functions SSM encoderless supported Power Module STO is supported Dependency: Refer to: r9771 Note: STO: Safe Torque Off SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 448 Note: For bit 00: When STO is selected, the cause is displayed in bits 16 ... 21. For bit 18: When the bit is set, STO is selected via PROFIsafe. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 449 Factory setting CU240E-2 CU240E-2_DP CU240E-2 PN CU240E-2_F CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2_DP_F Description: Displays the checksum for the Safety Integrated parameters checked using checksums on processor 2 (actual checksum). Dependency: Refer to: r9798, p9899 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 450 [1] = COM2/COM1 (0: COM2, 1: COM1) [2] = Activate file write (0: Not active) [3] = Display time stamp (0: Not displayed) [4...7] = Reserved [8] = System logbook file size (stages, each 10 kB) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 451 The total utilizations are determined using all sampling times used. The largest total utilizations are mapped here. The sampling time with the largest total utilization is displayed in r9979. Total utilization: Computing time load of sampling time involved including load from higher-priority sampling times (interrupts). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 452 PM260 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - CU240E-2_F Factory setting CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2_DP_F Description: Select a fail-safe digital input (F-DI) for the signal "acknowledge internal event" (internal fault). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 453 If value = 0: No terminal assigned, safety function always selected. If value = 255: No terminal assigned, safety function always deselected. F-DI: Failsafe Digital Input STO: Safe Torque Off SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 454 Func. diagram: - CU240E-2_F Factory setting CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2_DP_F Description: Sets the fail-safe digital input (F-DI) for the "SDI positive" function. Value: Static selected F-DI 0 F-DI 1 F-DI 2 255: Static deselected SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 455 F-DI 2 Safety monitored Freely available Dependency: p10006 / p10106 p10022 / p10122 p10023 / p10123 p10026 / p10126 p10030 / p10130 p10031 / p10131 p10050 / p10150 Refer to: r10149 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 456 - if transfer of the F-DIs via PROFIsafe is enabled (see p9501). In this case only the F-DIs transferred for PROFIsafe are displayed and updated (see p10050/p10150). All F-DIs which have not been transferred have a static zero value. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 457 Debounce time = 1 ms: Fault pulses of 1 ms are filtered; only pulses longer than 2 ms are processed. Debounce time = 3 ms: Fault pulses of 3 ms are filtered; only pulses longer than 4 ms are processed. The debounce result can be read in r10151. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 458 Factory setting CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2_DP_F Description: Sets the fail-safe digital input (F-DI) for the "SLS" function. Value: Static selected F-DI 0 F-DI 1 F-DI 2 255: Static deselected Dependency: Refer to: p10026 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 459 Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM260 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - CU240E-2_F Factory setting CU240E-2_PN_F CU240E-2_DP_F Description: Displays the monitoring status of the fail-safe digital inputs (F-DI). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 460 If a safety function is assigned to an input (e.g. via p10122), then the following applies: - logical "0": Safety function is selected - logical "1": Safety function is de-selected SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 461 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210 Factory setting Description: Display parameter for binary quantity Q = I0 & I1 & I2 & I3 of instance AND 0 of the AND function block. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 462 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210 Factory setting 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance AND 1 of the AND function block is to be called. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 463 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance AND 2 of the AND function block is to be called. Value: Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 464 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance AND 3 within the run-time group set in p20044. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 465 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance OR 1 of the OR function block. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 466 Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance OR 2 of the OR function block. Index: [0] = Input I0 [1] = Input I1 [2] = Input I2 [3] = Input I3 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 467 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212 Factory setting Description: Display parameter for binary quantity Q = I0 | I1 | I2 | I3 of instance OR 3 of the OR function block. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 468 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214 Factory setting 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance XOR 0 of the XOR function block is to be called. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 469 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance XOR 1 of the XOR function block is to be called. Value: Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 470 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance XOR 2 within the run-time group set in p20072. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 471 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity I of instance NOT 0 of the inverter. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 472 Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 Factory setting Description: Display parameter for the inverted output of instance NOT 1 of the inverter. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 473 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NOT 2 of the inverter is to be called. Value: Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 474 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance NOT 3 within the run-time group set in p20092. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 475 Sets the signal source of input quantities X0, X1, X2, X3 of instance ADD 1 of the adder. Index: [0] = Input X0 [1] = Input X1 [2] = Input X2 [3] = Input X3 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 476 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220 Factory setting Description: Display parameter for the difference Y = X1 - X2 of instance SUB 0 of the subtractor. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 477 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance SUB 1 of the subtractor is to be called. Value: Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 478 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance MUL 0 within the run-time group set in p20112. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 479 Func. diagram: 7222 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source of dividend X1 and divisor X2 of instance DIV 0 of the divider. Index: [0] = Dividend X0 [1] = Divisor X1 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 480 Func. diagram: 7222 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source of dividend X1 and divisor X2 of instance DIV 1 of the divider. Index: [0] = Dividend X0 [1] = Divisor X1 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 481 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7224 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source of the input quantity X of instance AVA 0 of the absolute value generator with sign evaluation. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 482 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7224 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source of the input quantity X of instance AVA 1 of the absolute value generator with sign evaluation. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 483 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance MFP 0 of the pulse generator. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 484 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 Factory setting 0.00 5400000.00 0.00 Description: Setting parameter for pulse duration T in milliseconds of instance MFP 1 of the pulse generator. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 485 Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 Factory setting Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance PCL 0 of the pulse shortener. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 486 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 Factory setting 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PCL 1 of the pulse shortener is to be called. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 487 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance PDE 0 of the closing delay device is to be called. Value: Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 488 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232 Factory setting 32000 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PDE 1 within the run-time group set in p20166. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 489 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PDF 0 within the run-time group set in p20171. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 490 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7234 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source for input pulse I and the reset input R of instance PST 0 of the pulse extension element. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 491 Sets the signal source for input pulse I and the reset input R of instance PST 1 of the pulse extension element. Index: [0] = Input pulse I [1] = Reset input R SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 492 Description: Sets the signal source for set input S and reset input R of instance RSR 0 of the RS flipflop. Index: [0] = Set S [1] = Reset R SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 493 Description: Sets the signal source for set input S and reset input R of instance RSR 1 of the RS flipflop. Index: [0] = Set S [1] = Reset R SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 494 Sets the signal source for trigger input I, D input D, set input S, and reset input R of instance DFR 0 of the D flipflop. Index: [0] = Trigger input I [1] = D input D [2] = Set S [3] = Reset R SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 495 Sets the signal source for trigger input I, D input D, set input S, and reset input R of instance DFR 1 of the D flipflop. Index: [0] = Trigger input I [1] = D input D [2] = Set S [3] = Reset R SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 496 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0 and I1 of instance BSW 0 of the binary changeover switch. Index: [0] = Input I0 [1] = Input I1 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 497 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0 and I1 of instance BSW 1 of the binary changeover switch. Index: [0] = Input I0 [1] = Input I1 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 498 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities X0 and X1 of instance NSW 0 of the numeric changeover switch. Index: [0] = Input X0 [1] = Input X1 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 499 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities X0 and X1 of instance NSW 1 of the numeric changeover switch. Index: [0] = Input X0 [1] = Input X1 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 500 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity X of instance LIM 0 of the limiter. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 501 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance LIM 0 of the limiter is to be called. Value: Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 502 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260 Factory setting Description: Display parameter of instance LIM 1 of limiter QU (upper limit reached), i.e. QU = 1 for X >= LU. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 503 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7262 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source for the "accept setting value" signal of instant PT1 0 of the smoothing element. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 504 Sets the signal source of input quantity X and of setting value SV of instance PT1 1 of the smoothing element. Index: [0] = Input X [1] = Setting value SV SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 505 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity X and of setting value SV of instance INT 0 of the integrator. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 506 Func. diagram: 7264 Factory setting Description: Display parameter for the signal QU that output quantity Y of instance INT 0 of the integrator has reached the upper limit value LU. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 507 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270 Factory setting -340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000 Description: Setting parameter for the interval average M of instance LVM 0 of the double-sided limiter. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 508 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance LVM 0 of the double-sided limiter is to be called. Value: Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 509 Display parameter of instance LVM 1 of the double-sided limiter that input quantity X was at least once X > M + L and X is >= M + L - HY. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 510 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity X of instance DIF 0 of the differentiating element. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 511 Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 Factory setting Description: Display parameter for the inverted output of instance NOT 4 of the inverter. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 512 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NOT 5 of the inverter is to be called. Value: Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 513 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance ADD 2 within the run-time group set in p20310. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 514 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NCM 0 of the numeric comparator is to be called. Value: Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 515 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7225 Factory setting Description: Display parameter for binary quantity QL of instance NCM 1 of the numeric comparator. QL is only set if X0 < X1. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 516 Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 Factory setting Description: Display parameter for inverted output QN of instance RSR 2 of the RS flipflop. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 517 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 Factory setting Description: Display parameter for the inverted output QN of instance DFR 2 of the D flipflop. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 518 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232 Factory setting Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance PDE 2 of the closing delay device. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 519 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232 Factory setting 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance PDE 3 of the closing delay device is to be called. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 520 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PDF 2 of the breaking delay device is to be called. Value: Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 521 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233 Factory setting 32000 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PDE 3 within the run-time group set in p20352. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 522 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance MFP 2 within the run-time group set in p20357. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 523 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7226 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source for input X of the polyline (20 breakpoints) of instance PLI 0. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 524 [8] = Breakpoint 8 [9] = Breakpoint 9 [10] = Breakpoint 10 [11] = Breakpoint 11 [12] = Breakpoint 12 [13] = Breakpoint 13 [14] = Breakpoint 14 [15] = Breakpoint 15 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 525 Sets the x-coordinates for the breakpoints (A0...A19) of the polyline (20 breakpoints) of instance PLI 1. Index: [0] = Breakpoint 0 [1] = Breakpoint 1 [2] = Breakpoint 2 [3] = Breakpoint 3 [4] = Breakpoint 4 [5] = Breakpoint 5 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 526 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance PLI 1 of the polyline is to be called Value: Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 527 The SIC telegram p60122 is attached directly to the PZD telegram p0922/p2079. Value: 700: Supplementary telegram 700, PZD-0/3 999: Free telegram configuration with BICO Dependency: Refer to: p0922, p2071, p2079 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 528 Data type: Unsigned8 CU240E-2_PN_F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2410 Factory setting Description: Displays PROFINET IP of Station. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 529 2.3 Parameters for data sets Parameters for data sets 2.3.1 Command Data Sets (CDS) Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4707900, Language: eng, Type: CDS p0641[0...n] CI: Current limit variable / Curr lim var p0820[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 0 / DDS select., bit 0 p0821[0...n]...

  • Page 530: Parameters For Data Sets

    CI: Technology controller actual value / Tec_ctrl act val p2286[0...n] BI: Hold technology controller integrator / Tec_ctr integ hold p2289[0...n] CI: Technology controller pre-control signal / Tec_ctr prectr_sig p2290[0...n] BI: Technology controller limiting enable / Tec_ctrl lim enab SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 531 BI: 2/3 wire control command 3 / 2/3 wire cmd 3 2.3.2 Drive Data Sets (DDS) Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4707900, Language: eng, Type: DDS p0340[0...n] Automatic calculation motor/control parameters / Calc auto par p0640[0...n] Current limit / Current limit p1001[0...n]...
  • Page 532 Voltage limiting / U_lim p1333[0...n] U/f control FCC starting frequency / U/f FCC f_start p1334[0...n] U/f control slip compensation starting frequency / Slip comp start p1335[0...n] Slip compensation scaling / Slip comp scal SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 533 Field weakening operation flux setpoint smoothing time / Field weak T_smth p1586[0...n] Field weakening characteristic scaling / Field weak scal p1590[0...n] Flux controller P gain / Flux controller Kp p1594[0...n] Field-weakening controller P gain / Field_ctrl Kp SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 534 Speed threshold 3 / n_thresh val 3 p2162[0...n] Hysteresis speed n_act > n_max / Hyst n_act>n_max p2163[0...n] Speed threshold 4 / n_thresh val 4 p2164[0...n] Hysteresis speed 4 / n_hysteresis 4 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 535 Technology controller motorized potentiometer ramp-down time / Tec_ctrMop t_rdown p2900[0...n] CO: Fixed value 1 [%] / Fixed value 1 [%] p2901[0...n] CO: Fixed value 2 [%] / Fixed value 2 [%] SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 536 Moment of inertia precontrol linear negative / J_est lin neg p5315[0...n] Moment of inertia precontrol constant negative / J_est const neg p5316[0...n] Moment of inertia precontrol change time moment of inertia / J_prectrl t J SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 537 2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets 2.3.3 Motor data sets (MDS) Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4707900, Language: eng, Type: MDS p0133[0...n] Motor configuration / Motor config p0300[0...n] Motor type selection / Mot type sel p0301[0...n] Motor code number selection / Mot code No. sel p0304[0...n]...
  • Page 538 Q flux direct axis current constant unsaturated / PSIQ KID UNSAT p0637[0...n] Q flux flux gradient saturated / PSIQ Grad SAT p0650[0...n] Actual motor operating hours / Mot t_oper act p0651[0...n] Motor operating hours maintenance interval / Mot t_op maint SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 539 Mot_temp_mod 3 fault threshold image p5391 / F thr image p5391 2.3.4 Power unit Data Sets (PDS) Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4707900, Language: eng, Type: PDS p0124[0...n] CU detection via LED / CU detection LED r0200[0...n] Power unit code number actual / PU code no. act p0201[0...n]...
  • Page 540 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 2.4.1 Binector inputs (BI) Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4707900, Language: eng, Type: BI p0043 BI: Enable energy usage display / Enab energy usage p0730 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 0 / CU S_src DO 0...

  • Page 541: Bico Parameters (Connectors/Binectors)

    BI: MFP 0 input pulse I / MFP 0 inp_pulse I p20143 BI: MFP 1 input pulse I / MFP 1 inp_pulse I p20148 BI: PCL 0 input pulse I / PCL 0 inp_pulse I SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 542: Connector Inputs (Ci)

    BI: MFP 3 input pulse I / MFP 3 inp_pulse I 2.4.2 Connector inputs (CI) Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4707900, Language: eng, Type: CI p0641[0...n] CI: Current limit variable / Curr lim var p0771[0...1] CI: CU analog outputs signal source / CU AO S_src p1042[0...n]...
  • Page 543 CI: LVM 1 input X / LVM 1 input X p20284 CI: DIF 0 input X / DIF 0 input X p20308[0...3] CI: ADD 2 inputs / ADD 2 inputs p20312[0...1] CI: NCM 0 inputs / NCM 0 inputs SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 544: Binector Outputs (Bo)

    CI: PLI 1 input X / PLI 1 input X 2.4.3 Binector outputs (BO) Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4707900, Language: eng, Type: BO r0751.0...9 BO: CU analog inputs status word / CU AI status word r0785.0...1 BO: CU analog outputs status word / CU AO ZSW r0807.0...

  • Page 545: Connector Outputs (Co)

    BO: MFP 3 output Q / MFP 3 output Q 2.4.4 Connector outputs (CO) Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4707900, Language: eng, Type: CO r0021 CO: Actual speed smoothed / n_act smooth r0025 CO: Output voltage smoothed / U_outp smooth...
  • Page 546 CO: Speed limit negative effective / n_limit neg eff r1112 CO: Speed setpoint after minimum limiting / n_set aft min_lim r1114 CO: Setpoint after the direction limiting / Setp after limit SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 547 CO: Actual speed smoothed signals / n_act smth message p2201[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 1 / Tec_ctrl fix val1 p2202[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 2 / Tec_ctr fix val 2 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 548 CO: PT1 0 output Y / PT1 0 output Y r20253 CO: PT1 1 output Y / PT1 1 output Y r20261 CO: INT 0 output Y / INT 0 output Y SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 549: Connector/Binector Outputs (Co/Bo)

    CO: PLI 1 output Y / PLI 1 output Y 2.4.5 Connector/binector outputs (CO/BO) Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4707900, Language: eng, Type: CO/BO r0046.0...31 CO/BO: Missing enable sig / Missing enable sig r0050.0...1 CO/BO: Command Data Set CDS effective / CDS effective r0051.0...1...
  • Page 550 CO/BO: SI status (processor 2) / SI Status P2 r10051.0...2 CO/BO: SI Motion digital inputs status (processor 1) / SI DI status P1 r10151.0...2 CO/BO: SI Motion digital inputs status (processor 2) / SI DI status P2 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 551 2.5.1 Parameters with "WRITE_NO_LOCK" The following list contains the parameters with the "WRITE_NO_LOCK" attribute. These parameters are not affected by the write protection. Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4707900, Language: eng, Type: WRITE_NO_LOCK p0003 Access level / Acc_level p0010 Drive commissioning parameter filter / Drv comm. par_filt p0124[0...n]...

  • Page 552: Command Data Sets (Cds)

    Parameters with "KHP_ACTIVE_READ" The following list contains the parameters with the "KHP_ACTIVE_READ" attribute. These parameters can also be read with activated know-how protection. Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4707900, Language: eng, Type: KHP_ACTIVE_READ p0015 Macro drive unit / Macro drv unit...
  • Page 553 Reset drive parameters C(1,30) p1080 Minimum speed C(1)T p1082 Maximum rotation speed C(1)T p1120 Ramp-function generator ramp-up time C(1)UT p1121 Ramp-function generator ramp-down time C(1)UT p1135 OFF3 ramp-down time C(1)UT SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 554: Quick Commissioning (P0010 = 1)

    At the end of the quick commissioning, set p3900 = 1 to perform the required motor calculations and reset all other parameters (not included in p0010 = 1) to their default settings. Note This only applies for the quick commissioning. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 555 3.14 Vector control, Standard Drive Control (p0096 = 1) 3.15 Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2) 3.16 Technology functions 3.17 Free function blocks 3.18 Technology controller 3.19 Signals and monitoring functions 3.20 Diagnostics 3.21 Data sets SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 556: Function Diagrams

    2451 – PROFIdrive - ZSW1 status word interconnection (p2038 = 2) ......SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2...

  • Page 557: Table Of Contents

    2701 – Basic brake control ............SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2...
  • Page 558 3080 – Ramp-function generator selection, status word, tracking ......SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2...
  • Page 559 6856 – Interface to the Power Module (p0096 = 1) ......... SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2...
  • Page 560 7240 – RSR 0 ... 2, DFR 0 ... 2 ............SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2...

  • Page 561: Drive Data Sets (Dds)

    8565 – Drive Data Sets (DDS) ............SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2...
  • Page 562 Function diagrams 1020 – Explanation of the symbols (part 1) 1021 – Explanation of the symbols (part 2) 1022 – Explanation of the symbols (part 3) 1030 – Handling BICO technology SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 563: Motor Data Sets (Mds)

    Parameters Connectors Binectors Connectors/binectors Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Parameter name [Unit] Monitoring parameter with Connector input CI Binector input BI with Parameter name Parameter name Parameter name rxxxx[y..z] unit [Unit] and index range with index range [y..z] with index range [y..z] or pxxxx[y..z] pxxxx[y..z]...
  • Page 564 Pre-assigned connectors and binectors Symbols for logic functions Symbols for computational and closed-loop control functions Fixed percentage values NOT element Fixed value 1 [%] Logical inversion (negation) -10000.00 ... 10000.00 [%] Threshold value switch 1/0 p2900 [D] (0.00) AND element Outputs at y a logical "1"...
  • Page 565 Switch-on delay Switch symbol 2nd-order filter (bandstop/general filter) pxxxx pxxxx Simple changeover switch The switch position is shown according Natural frequency, numerator Damping, numerator to the factory setting of pxxxx fn_n (in this case switch position 1). pzzzz pwwww pxxxx The digital signal x must have the value "1"...
  • Page 566 Handling BICO technology Binectors are binary signals that can be freely interconnected (BO = Binector Output). Binector: r0723.15 They represent a bit of a "BO:" display parameter (e.g. bit 15 from r0723). Connector: Connectors are "analog signals" that can be freely interconnected (e.g. percentage variables, speeds or torques). r0723 Connectors are also "CO:"...
  • Page 567 2256 – CU240E-2: Analog inputs as digital inputs (DI 11 ... DI 12) 2260 – CU240B-2: Analog output 0 (AO 0) 2261 – CU240E-2: Analog outputs 0 ... 1 (AO 0 ... AO 1) 2272 – Two-wire control 2273 – Three-wire control SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 568: Input/Output Terminals

    Simulation for DI 0 ... DI 3, DI 11 CU DI status inv CU DI simulation CU DI t_debounce r0723 p0795 .0...11 p0724 r0721 .0...11 Kl. 9 +24 V OUT r0723 .0...11 CU DI status Kl. 28 r0722 p0796 .0...11 r0722 .0...11 Kl.
  • Page 569 Simulation for DI 0 ... DI 12, DI 11 … DI 12 CU DI status inv CU DI simulation CU DI t_debounce r0723 p0795 .0...12 p0724 r0721 .0...12 Kl. 9 +24 V OUT r0723 .0...12 CU DI status Kl. 28 r0722 p0796 .0...12...
  • Page 570 External power supply 24 V DC Kl. 9 +24 V OUT Kl. 9 +24 V OUT Kl. 28 Kl. 28 Kl. 69 DI COM Kl. 69 DI COM Kl. 69 DI COM 1 = Simulation on CU DI simulation Kl. 34 DI COM2 Kl.
  • Page 571 External power supply 24 V DC Kl. 9 +24 V OUT Kl. 9 +24 V OUT 1 = Simulation on Kl. 28 Kl. 28 CU DI simulation CU DI status inv p0795 CU DI t_debounce Kl. 69 DI COM Kl. 69 DI COM Kl.
  • Page 572 CU DO inv p0748 .0 CU DO status CU S_src DO 0 r0747 p0730 DO 0 (52.3) Kl. 18 Kl. 19 Kl. 20 Sampling time of the DO: 2 ms Kl. = Terminal Input/Output Terminals Function diagram fp_2240_97_02.vsd - 2240 - CU240B-2: Digital output (DO 0) G120 CU240B-2 09.12.2015...
  • Page 573 CU DO inv p0748 CU DO status CU S_src DO 0 r0747 p0730 DO 0 (52.3) Kl. 18 Kl. 19 Kl. 20 CU DO inv p0748 CU DO status CU S_src DO 1 r0747 p0731 (52.7) DO 1 24 V Kl.
  • Page 574 <2> <3> CU AI type 0 ... 8 p0756[0..1] (4) [0] (4) <4> CU WireBrkThresh CU AI status word CU wire brk t_del 0.00 ... 20.00 CU AI sim_mode 0 ... 1000 [ms] r0751 p0761[0..1] (2.00) [0] (2.00) 0 ... 1 p0762[0..1] (100) [0] (100) p0797[0..1] (0)
  • Page 575 <2> <3> <4> CU AI type 0 ... 8 p0756[0..1] (4) CU WireBrkThresh CU AI status word CU wire brk t_del 0.00 ... 20.00 CU AI sim_mode 0 ... 1000 [ms] r0751 p0761[0..1] (2.00) 0 ... 1 p0762[0..1] (100) p0797[0..1] (0) 3 20 mA F03505...
  • Page 576 Kl. 1 +10 V OUT Kl. 2 1 = Simulation on CU DI simulation 1.6 V 4.0 V p0795 CU DI t_debounce p0724 r0721.11 CU DI status inv Kl. 3 AI 0+ (DI 11) r0723 r0723 Kl. 4 AI 0- CU DI status p0796.11 r0722...
  • Page 577 Current AI 0/1 <1> Voltage Kl. 1 +10 V OUT (Kl. 9) (+24 V OUT) Kl. 2 1 = Simulation on CU DI simulation 1.6 V 4.0 V p0795 CU DI t_debounce p0724 r0721.11 CU DI status inv Kl. 3 AI 0+ (DI 11) r0723 r0723...
  • Page 578 <3> CU AO outp act ref [%] CU AO char x1 CU AO char x2 r0772 CU AO type -1000.00 ... 1000.00 [%] -1000.00 ... 1000.00 [%] 0 ... 2 p0777 (0.00) [0] (0) p0779 (100.00) [0] (100) CU AO absVal act CU AO T_smooth p0776 (0) [0] (0)
  • Page 579 CU AO outp act ref [%] <3> CU AO char x1 CU AO char x2 r0772 CU AO type -1000.00 ... 1000.00 [%] -1000.00 ... 1000.00 [%] 0 ... 2 [0] (0) [0] (100) p0777 (0.00) p0779 (100.00) CU AO absVal act CU AO T_smooth p0776 (0) [0] (0)
  • Page 580 Two-wire control (p0015 = 17 or p3334 = 1) Two-wire control (p0015 = 18 or p3334 = 2) clockwise/counterclockwise 1 clockwise/counterclockwise 2 0 ... 4 0 ... 4 p3334 (0) p3334 (0) CU DI status 2/3 wire cmd 1 2/3 wire STW ON / OFF (OFF1) CU DI status 2/3 wire cmd 1...
  • Page 581 Three-wire control (p0015 = 19 or p3334 = 3) Three-wire control (p0015 = 20 or p3334 = 4) enable clockwise/counterclockwise enable ON/reversing 0 ... 4 0 ... 4 p3334 (0) p3334 (0) CU DI Status 2/3 wire cmd 1 CU DI Status 2/3 wire cmd 1 r0722 p3330[C]...
  • Page 582 3 Function diagrams 3.4 PROFIenergy PROFIenergy Function diagrams 2381 – Control commands and interrogation commands 2382 – States SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 583: Profienergy

    PROFIenergy control commands "Start_Pause" Pause_Time PROFINET "Start_Pause_with_time_response" 1 = Inhibit PROFIenergy p5611.0 & Port 1 p5602 p5606 Port 2 + Time_to_pause + Time_to_operate "End_Pause" Ready for operation r5600 = 255 Energy-saving mode 2 r5600 = 2 [2382] PROFIenergy interrogation commands Time_to_pause Time_to_operate "List_Energy_Saving_Modes“...
  • Page 584 PROFIdrive states PROFIenergy states <1> POWER ON PROFIenergy POWER OFF PROFIenergy Energy- saving mode active S1: Switching on inhibited <2> PROFIenergy Energy-saving mode 2 A08800 & 1 = PE active r5613.0 1 = Inhibit PROFIenergy & p5611 1 = Trans into energy-saving Start_Pause 1 = PE inactive mode from PROFIdrive...

  • Page 585: Communication Profidrive (Profibus/Profinet), Ethernet/Ip

    2468 – PROFIdrive - receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) 2470 – PROFIdrive - send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) 2472 – PROFIdrive - status words, free interconnection 2473 – EtherNet/IP - control word/status word interconnection SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 586 Interconnecting the permanently assigned receive telegrams. Signal Description Interconnection Receive telegram Header [2440] ... [2446] Permanently assigned Data telegrams Interconnecting the permanently assigned send telegrams Trailer PB address 1 ... 126 Signal Description Interconnection p0918 (126) Axxxxx Monitoring Fxxxxx Diagnostics rxxxx [2450] ...
  • Page 587 ==> set the address using p0918 address Diag offs send <1> The response monitoring time t_An is automatically defined by r2076 the configuration tool (e.g. HW Config made by Siemens) within PB addr_sw diag p0918 the framework of PROFIBUS configuration. r2057 PROFINET / EtherNet/IP...
  • Page 588 <1> PZD telegr_sel 1 ... 999 [ms] Pd SIC telegr p0922 (1) p60122 Standard telegrams Manufacturer-specific telegrams Free telegram Interconnec- tion is made [2440], [2450] automatically according to <5> Telegram PZD1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1...
  • Page 589 <2> Data type according to to the PROFIdrive profile: I16 = Integer16, U16 = Unsigned16. <3> Display parameters for receive data according to [2468]. <4> Only SIEMENS telegram 350. PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP Function diagram fp_2440_97_64.vsd - 2440 - PROFIdrive - PZD receive signals interconnection CU240B/E-2_DP/PN 09.12.2015...
  • Page 590 Signal targets for STW1 in Interface Mode VIK-NAMUR (p2038 = 2) <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target = ON (pulses can be enabled) STW1.0 p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control 0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression & ready for switching on) 1 = No OFF2 (enable is possible) STW1.1 p0844[0] = r2090.1...
  • Page 591 Signal targets for STW1 in Interface Mode SINAMICS (p2038 = 0) Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target = ON (pulses can be enabled) STW1.0 p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control 0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression & ready for switching on) 1 = No OFF2 (enable is possible) STW1.1 p0844[0] = r2090.1...
  • Page 592 Signal targets for STW3 in Interface Mode SINAMICS <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target STW3.0 1 = Fixed setp bit 0 p1020[0] = r2093.0 [3010.2] [3010.2] STW3.1 1 = Fixed setp bit 1 p1021[0] = r2093.1 [2513.2] [3010.2]...
  • Page 593 Signal sources for PZD send signals <1> PZD send word 1...8 p2051[0...16] WORD PROFIdrive send PROFIdrive Interconnection r2053[0...16] WORD telegram Signal Description Function diagram Data type Scaling Signal No. parameter ZSW1 Status word 1 r2089[0] [2452] Header NIST_A Actual speed A (16 bit) r0063[0] 4000 hex p2000...
  • Page 594 Signal sources for ZSW1 in Interface Mode VIK-NAMUR (p2038 = 2) Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target <1> 1 = Ready for switching on Sequence control ZSW1.0 p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] ZSW1.1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) p2080[1] = r0899.1 [2503.7]...
  • Page 595 Signal sources for ZSW1 im Interface Mode SINAMICS (p2038 = 0) Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target <1> 1 = Ready for switching on Sequence control ZSW1.0 p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] ZSW1.1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) p2080[1] = r0899.1 [2503.7]...
  • Page 596 Signal sources for ZSW3 im Interface Mode SINAMICS (p2038 = 0) <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal status word signal source [7017.5] ZSW3.0 1 = DC braking active [2511.7] ZSW3.1 1 = |n_act| > p1226 (n_standstill) [2511.7] [2534.7] [2534.7]...
  • Page 597 r2090.0 <4> <5> PZD1 recv bitw <1> <4> <4> r2090.15 PZD1 recv bitw PZD receive word 1 r2050 PZD recv word PROFINET r2091.0 PZD2 recv bitw PROFIBUS r2060 PZD recv DW r2091.15 PZD2 recv bitw PZD receive word 2 r2050 PZD recv word r2092.0 PZD3 recv bitw...
  • Page 598 <3> Diag send DW Diag send word r2063 [0…15] r2053 [0…16] p2051[0] PZD send word <3> (2089[0]) <1> PZD send word 1 <1> p2061[0] PZD send DW p2051[1] PZD send word PZD 1+2 (2089[0]) (63[0]) PZD send word 2 p2061[1] PZD send DW p2051[2] PZD send word...
  • Page 599 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [2].0 5 binector-connector converter Bin/con ZSW3 p2082[0…15] Bin/con ZSW send r2089 (0.0) Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].0 Bin/con ZSW inv Bin/con ZSW1 p2088 [2].15 p2080[0…15] Bin/con ZSW send (899.0) r2089 (0.0) [15] (0.0) Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].15 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088...
  • Page 600 Eth/IP profile 0 ... 1 r2090...r2095 Bit p8980 (0) r2050[0...7] WORD Signal receivers for PZD receive signals r2060[0...10] DWORD SINAMICS (PROFINET) Fieldbus PROFIdrive Interconnection [2401] – [2472] Signal Equivalent at ODVA Data type Scaling „EtherNet/IP“ Signal No. parameter (p2030 = 10) ODVA (bit serial) STW1...

  • Page 601: Communication Fieldbus Interface (Uss, Modbus)

    9352 – ZSW1 status word interconnection 9360 – Receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) 9370 – Send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) 9372 – Status words, free interconnection SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 602 Fieldbus configuration Monitoring functions Fieldbus t_monit 0 ... 1999999 [ms] p2040 (100) Cyclic telegrams from the master F01910 "Fieldbus IF: setpoint timeout" No telegrams from the master Field bus address p2021 p2021 Field bus baud p2020 Actual address Memory >0 configuration Field bus USS PZD p2022...
  • Page 603 Signal targets for fieldbus STW1 Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target = ON (pulses can be enabled) STW1.0 p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control 0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression & ready for switching on) 1 = No OFF2 (enable is possible) STW1.1 p0844[0] = r2090.1...
  • Page 604 Signal sources for fieldbus ZSW1 Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target <1> ZSW1.0 1 = Ready for switching on p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] Sequence control ZSW1.1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) p2080[1] = r0899.1 [2503.7] Sequence control...
  • Page 605 r2090.0 PZD1 recv bitw r2090.15 PZD1 recv bitw <1> PZD receive word 1 r2050 PZD recv word r2091.0 PZD2 recv bitw r2091.15 PZD2 recv bitw <2> PZD receive word 2 r2050 PZD recv word r2092.0 PZD3 recv bitw r2092.15 PZD3 recv bitw Fieldbus PZD receive word 3 r2050...
  • Page 606 Diag send word r2053[0 … 7] p2051[0] <1> PZD send word (2089[0]) PZD send word 1 <1> p2051[1] PZD send word (2089[0]) PZD send word 2 <2> p2051[2] PZD send word (2089[0]) PZD send word 3 p2051[3] PZD send word (2089[0]) PZD send word 4 Send telegram...
  • Page 607 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [2].0 5 binector-connector converter Bin/con ZSW3 p2082[0…15] Bin/con ZSW send r2089 (0.0) Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].0 Bin/con ZSW inv Bin/con ZSW1 p2088 [2].15 p2080[0…15] Bin/con ZSW send (899.0) r2089 (0.0) [15] (0.0) Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].15 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [3].0...
  • Page 608 2546 – Control word, faults/alarms (r2138) 2548 – Status word, faults/alarms 1 and 2 (r2139 and r2135) 2610 – Sequence control - sequencer 2634 – Sequence control - missing enable signals, line contactor control SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 609: Internal Control/Status Words

    PROFIdrive-Bit STW seq_ctrl OFF2 S_src 1 r0898 <2> p0844 [C] Bit No. Control word sequence control (r0898) r0898 (2090.1) <3> ON / OFF (OFF1) p0840 [C] OFF2 S_src 2 = ON <3> (2090.0) r0898.0 To control word 1 [2512.4] 0 = OFF1 active p0845 [C] 1 = Operating condition, no coast down active (OFF2 inactive) To control word 1 [2512.4]...
  • Page 610 PROFIdrive-Bit ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 Bit No. Status word sequence control (r0899) r0899 From sequence control 1 = Ready for switch on r0899.0 [2510.1] [2610] From sequence control 1 = Ready (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) [2510.1] r0899.1 [2610] From sequence control 1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set) [2510.1], [4015.1] r0899.2...
  • Page 611 STW setpoint chan r1198 Bit No. Control word setpoint channel (r1198) r1198 n_set_fixed Bit 0 p1020 [C] To fixed speed setpoints [3010.2], [3011.2] 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 0 r1198.0 To control word 2 [2513.2] n_set_fixed Bit 1 p1021 [C] To fixed speed setpoints [3010.2], [3011.2] 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 1 r1198.1...
  • Page 612 ZSW 1 r0052 Bit No. Status word 1 (r0052) r0052 r0899 [2503.7] ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 1 = Ready for switch on r0052.0 r0899 [2503.7] ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 1 = Ready (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) r0052.1 r0899 [2503.7] ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 1 = Operation enabled (voltage at output terminals) r0052.2...
  • Page 613 ZSW 2 r0053 Bit No. Status word 2 (r0053) r0053 r1239 [7017.5] DCBRK ZSW r1239 1 = DC braking active r0053.0 r2197 [2534.7] ZSW monitor 1 r2197 1 = |n_act| > p1226 (n_standstill) r0053.1 r2197 [2534.7] ZSW monitor 1 r2197 1 = |n_act| >...
  • Page 614 STW 1 OFF2 S_src 1 r0054 p0844 [C] Bit No. Control word 1 (r0054) STW seq_ctrl r0054 (2090.1) ON / OFF (OFF1) p0840 [C] r0898 [2501.7] OFF2 S_src 2 (2090.0) 0 = OFF1, Shutdown via ramp, followed by pulse inhibit Sequence control r0898 p0845 [C]...
  • Page 615 Suppl STW r0055 Bit No. Supplementary control word (r0055) r0055 r1198 [2505.7] STW setpoint chan r1198 1 = Fixed setp bit 0 Fixed speed values r1198 [2505.7] STW setpoint chan r1198 1 = Fixed setp bit 1 Fixed speed values r1198 [2505.7] STW setpoint chan...
  • Page 616 STW n_ctrl r1406 Bit No. Control word speed controller (r1406) r1406 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved n_ctrl integ stop p1476 [C] 1 = speed controller, hold I component r1406.4 [6040.2] n_ctrl integ set p1477 [C] 1 = speed controller, set I component r1406.5 [6040.2] Reserved...
  • Page 617 ZSW n_ctrl r1407 Bit No. Status word, speed controller (r1407) r1407 1 = U/f control active r1407.0 From the changeover, 1 = Sensorless operation active r1407.1 closed-loop control types From the torque setpoint [6060.3] 1 = Closed-loop torque control active r1407.2 To speed setpoint, droop [6030.6] To speed signals 2 [8011.4]...
  • Page 618 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 Bit No. Status word closed-loop control (r0056) r0056 1 = Initialization completed r0056.0 1 = De-magnetization completed r0056.1 1 = Pulse enable available r0056.2 1 = Soft starting available r0056.3 <1> [6722.6] 1 = Magnetization completed r0056.4 [2701.1] [6301.4]...
  • Page 619 ZSW I_ctrl r1408 Bit No. Status word current control (r1408) r1408 1 = Current controller active r1408.0 1 = Id controller I comp. limitation [6714.5] r1408.1 Reserved [6714.8] 1 = Voltage limitation r1408.3 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved [6730.3] 1 = Speed adaptation limitation r1408.10 Reserved...
  • Page 620 ZSW monitor 1 r2197 Bit No. Status word, monitoring functions 1 (r2197) r2197 1 = |n_act| ” n_min p1080 From monitoring functions [8022.8] r2197.0 [2511.2] 1 = |n_act| ” speed threshold value 2 (p2155) From speed signals [8010.8] <1> [2511.2] r2197.1 1 = |n_act| >...
  • Page 621 ZSW monitor 2 r2198 Bit No. Status word, monitoring functions 2 (r2198) r2198 1 = |n_act| ” speed threshold 5 From monitoring functions [8023.8] r2198.0 1 = |n_act| > speed threshold 5 From monitoring functions [8023.8] r2198.1 1 = |n_act| ” speed threshold 6 From monitoring functions [8023.8] r2198.2...
  • Page 622 PROFIdrive-Bit ZSW monitor 3 r2199 Bit No. Status word, monitoring functions 3 (r2199) r2199 From speed signals [8010.8] 1 = |n_act| < speed threshold value 3 (p2161) <1> r2199.0 1 = f or n comparison value reached or exceeded (p2141) From speed signals [8010.8] r2199.1...
  • Page 623 PROFIdrive-Bit STW fault/alarm r2138 Bit No. Control word, faults/alarms r2138 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 1st acknowledge Reserved p2103 [C] (2090.7) Reserved 2nd acknowledge p2104 [C] (722.2) 1 = Acknowledge fault [2512.4], [8060.1] r2138.7 3rd acknowledge Reserved p2105 [C] Reserved Pulse generator External alarm 1 p2112 [C] 1 = External alarm 1 (A07850) effective...
  • Page 624 ZSW fault/alarm 1 r2139 Bit No. Status word, faults/alarms 1 r2139 1 = Acknowledgment running r2139.0 1 = Acknowledgment required r2139.1 Reserved From the fault buffer [8060.6] 1 = Fault present r2139.3 [2510.2] Reserved 1 = Internal signal 1 present r2139.6 From the alarm buffer [8065.4] 1 = Alarm present...
  • Page 625 p0857 … p0861 POWER ON <1> <2> 2000.00 µs Pulse enable HW Fault with OFF1- or <4> . . . [2701.8] OFF3 response S1: Switching on inhibited Drive at standstill From all states ZSWA.06 = 1, ZSWA.11 = 0 ZSWA.00/01/02 = 0 Drive at standstill "0 = OFF"...
  • Page 626 2000.00 µs Missing enable sig Control Unit r0046 Bit No. Missing enable signals (r0046) r0046 1 = OFF1 enable missing r0046.0 [3020.5] 1 = OFF2 enable missing r0046.1 Line supply 1 = OFF3 enable missing r0046.2 [3060.2] 0 = Internal quick stop [3060.4] Fault with OFF3 response 1 = Operation enable missing...
  • Page 627 3 Function diagrams 3.8 Brake control Brake control Function diagrams 2701 – Basic brake control SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 628: Brake Control

    STW seq_ctrl r0898 p0858 Pulse suppr t_del 1 = Unconditionally close Close "normal" brake r0898 0.000 ... 299.000 [s] [2501.3] the holding brake RESET p1228 (0.010) STW seq_ctrl (Q=0) ZSW seq_ctrl p0856 r0898 Close brake r0899 1 = Enable speed RESET <7>...
  • Page 629 2804 – Status words 2810 – STO (Safe Torque Off) (Part 1) 2812 – STO (Safe Torque Off) (Part 2) - PM240-2 FS D-F 2813 – F-DI (Fail-safe Digital Input) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 630: Safety Integrated Basic Functions

    Changing safety parameters Safety commissioning mode SI act chksm P1 SI setp_chksm P1 [2802.1], [2810.3] r9798 p9799 --> select STO Safety parameterizing enable Safety Integrated commissioning p0010 = 95 Safety parameters SI password inp Enter password Safety parameters & & p9761 can be changed.
  • Page 631 Safety Integrated version Monitoring clock cycle SI version Drv P1 SI mon_clk cyc P1 [ms] r9770 r9780 F01611 Safety monitoring functions F30611 [2810.1] STO-Klemme P1 (r0722.4) 1 = Faults with response "NONE" STOP F [2810.1] STO terminal P2 (r0722.5) 1 = STOP F active r9772.15 [2804.1] Faults/alarms...
  • Page 632 Status word Safety Integrated Status word Safety Integrated Processor2 Status word Safety Integrated Processor 1 Processor 1 and Processor 2 SI status P1 SI Status P2 SI status P1+P2 r9772 r9872 r9773 Bit No. Status (Processor 1) Bit No. Status (Processor 2) Bit No.
  • Page 633 <4> [2812.6] r9772.25 1 = STO selected on P1 Power Module +24 V 1 = STO cause, selection via Control Unit r9772.0 SI status P1 terminal on Power Module Processor 1 r9772 A01699 1 = STOP A [2802.8] r9772 SI FCP Timer "Shutdown CU DI status [2804.1]...
  • Page 634 +24 V DIP_B Shutdown upper 4 ms Power Module FCP_dyn STO PM-T t IGBT bridge Enable STO p9661 1 = No request pulse halve p9601.7/ suppression P1 STO_B [2810.7] [2810.5] 1 = PM terminals shutdown p9801.7 paths must be tested <1>...
  • Page 635 SI F-DI chg t P1 SI F-DI chg t P2 0.00 ... 2000.00 [ms] 0.00 ... 2000000.00 [µs] p9650 (500.00) p9850 (500000.00) SI STO t_debou P1 Kl. 9 0.00 ... 100.00 [ms] +24V OUT p9651 (1.00) [2810.6] Kl. 16 DI 4 Kl.
  • Page 636 2850 – Fail-safe digital inputs (F-DI 0 ... F-DI 2) 2855 – Extended Functions via F-DI (p9601.2 = 1 and p9601.3 = 0) 2858 – Extended Functions via PROFIsafe (9601.2 = 1 and 9601.3 = 1) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 637: Safety Integrated Extended Functions

    Changing safety parameters Safety commissioning mode [2802.1], [2810.3] SI Mtn act CRC P1 SI Mtn setp CRC P1 r9728 p9729 --> select STO Safety parameterizing enable Safety Integrated commissioning p0010 = 95 Safety parameters SI password inp Enter password Safety parameters &...
  • Page 638 r9722 <1> 1 = SS1 active Safe Acceleration Monitor / [2855.5] r9722.1 Safe Brake Ramp exceeded <2> [2858.6] STO initiate & [2810.1] Actual value speed < p9360/p9560 <1> r9720 [2855.4] 1 = STO deselection r9722 r9720.0 [2840.5] <2> r9722.0 [2858.3] SI Mtn IL t_del P1 1 = STO or safe pulse 0.00 ...
  • Page 639 SI Mtn ramp t P1 SI Mtn rp t_del P2 SI Mtn ramp ref P1 SI Mtn ramp ref P2 10.00 ... 99000.00 [ms] 10000.00 ... 99000000.00 [µs] 600.0000 ... 240000.0000 [rpm] 600.0000 ... 240000.0000 [rpm] p9582 (250.00) p9382 (250000.00) p9581 (1500.0000) p9381 (1500.0000) <2>...
  • Page 640 SI Mtn SSM v_limP1 SI Mtn SSM v_limP2 0.00 ... 100000.00 [rpm] 0.00 ... 100000.00 [rpm] p9546 (20.00) p9346 (20.00) SI Mtn enable P1 SI Mtn enable P2 p9501.16 p9301.16 SI Mtn SSM filt P1 0.00 ... 100.00 [ms] p9545 (0.00) SI Mtn int stat P1 r9722 SI Mtn diag v P1 [rpm]...
  • Page 641 SI Mtn setp_lim [rpm] SI Mtn enable P1 SI Mtn enable P2 r9733[0..2] p9501.17 p9301.17 <1> SI Mtn SDI tol P1 SI Mtn SDI Stop P1 0.001 ... 360.000 [°] 0 ... 1 p9564 (12.000) p9566 (1) SI Mtn integ STW SI Mtn SDI t P1 r9720 0.00 ...
  • Page 642 SI Mtn integ STW SI Mtn int stat P1 r9720 r9722 Bit No. Control word Bit No. Status word r9720 r9722 <1> [2855.5] <1> [2855.5] 1 = STO deselection 1 = STO or safe pulse cancellation active r9720.0 r9722.0 <2> [2858.6] <2>...
  • Page 643 SI Mtn DI chg t P1 SI Mtn F-DI t P2 1.00 ... 2000.00 [ms] 1.00 ... 2000.00 [ms] p10002 (500.00) p10102 (500.00) SI DI t_debounceP1 Kl. 9 0.00 ... 100.00 [ms] SI DI status P1 +24V OUT p10017 (1.00) r10051 r10051 C01770...
  • Page 644 F-DI assignment SI Motion Statically active SI Mtn int stat P1 STO active F-DI 0 r9722 [2850.8] r9722 F-DI 1 [2850.8] [2819.7], [2840.5] SI Mtn integ STW F-DI 2 Deselection STO [2850.8] SS1 active r9720 Statically inactive r9722.1 r9720 [2819.7], [2840.5] [2819.1, [2840.1]] SI Mtn STO F-DI P1 0 ...
  • Page 645 Extended Functions STO active r9722.0 [2819.8], [2840.5] Deselection STO SS1 active r9720.0 r9722.1 [2819.1], [2840.1] [2819.8], [2840.5] Deselection SS1 r9720.1 [2819.1], [2840.1] SLS active r9722.4 [2820.7], [2840.5] Internal event r9722.7 Deselection SLS PROFIsafe r9720.4 [2840.5] Safe motion PROFIsafe Communication via monitoring [2820.1], [2840.1] Communication via...
  • Page 646 3 Function diagrams 3.11 Safety Integrated PROFIsafe 3.11 Safety Integrated PROFIsafe Function diagrams 2915 – Standard telegrams 2917 – Manufacturer-specific telegrams SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 647: Safety Integrated Profisafe

    Ps telegram_sel p60022 Interconnec- tion is made according to Telegram PZD1 S_STW1 S_ZSW1 PZD2 PZD3 PZD4 PZD5 PZD6 PZD7 PZD8 PZD9 PZD10 PZD11 PZD12 PZD13 PZD14 PZD15 PZD16 PZD17 PZD18 PZD19 PZD20 PZD21 PZD22 PZD23 PZD24 PZD25 PZD26 PZD27 PZD28 PZD29 PZD30 PZD31...
  • Page 648 Ps telegram_sel p60022 Interconnec- tion is made according to Telegram PZD1 S_STW1 S_ZSW1 PZD2 S_STW5 S_ZSW5 PZD3 PZD4 PZD5 PZD6 PZD7 PZD8 PZD9 PZD10 PZD11 PZD12 PZD13 PZD14 PZD15 PZD16 PZD17 PZD18 PZD19 PZD20 PZD21 PZD22 PZD23 PZD24 PZD25 PZD26 PZD27 PZD28 PZD29...
  • Page 649 3040 – Direction limitation and direction reversal 3050 – Skip frequency bands and speed limitations 3060 – Basic ramp-function generator 3070 – Extended ramp-function generator 3080 – Ramp-function generator selection, status word, tracking SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 650: Setpoint Channel

    STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898 STW seq_ctrl r0898 Main setpoint r0898 p1070 [C] RFG setp at inp [rpm] (2050[1]) r1119 Suppl setp p1071 p1075 [C] [6300.1] Setp after limit [6850.1] [rpm] n_set_1 + / - r1114 p1076 Jog 1 n_set -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [rpm] p1058 [D] (150.000) Jog 2 n_set -210000.000 ...
  • Page 651 n_set_fix select 1 ... 2 p1016 (1) n_set_fixed No act 0.000 0 0 0 0 r1197 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 0 p1020 r1198 [3011] n_set_fixed 1 [rpm] r1198.0 [2505.6] 0 0 0 1 p1001 [D] (0.000) 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 1 n_set_fixed 2 [rpm] p1021 r1198...
  • Page 652 n_set_fix select 1 ... 2 p1016 (1) 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 0 p1020 r1198 r1198.0 [2505.6] [3010] 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 1 p1021 r1198 r1198.1 [2505.6] n_setp_fix status [3010] r1025 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 2 p1022 r1198 r1198.2 [2505.6] [3010]...
  • Page 653 Data save active The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is not saved and after ON is entered using p1040. The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved in a ashion after OFF and after ON set to the saved value. Automatic mode Ramp-function generator active Without ramp-function generator in automatic mode (ramp-up/ramp-down time = 0).
  • Page 654 PcCtrl active 1 = Jog 1 r0807.0 p1055 r0898 <1> r0898 [2501.7] Setpoint from external operating tool or operator panel. 1 = Jog 2 r0898 p1056 r0898 [2501.7] Total setpoint eff [rpm] Main setpoint eff [rpm] r1073 r1078 Main setpoint <4>...
  • Page 655 STW setpoint chan STW setpoint chan STW setpoint chan p1113 r1198 p1110 r1198 p1111 r1198 r1198 r1198 r1198 [2505.6] [2505.2] [2505.2] 1 = Setpoint inversion 1 = Inhibit negative direction 1 = Inhibit positive direction of rotation of rotation Setp_chan n_lim 0.000 ...
  • Page 656 n_skip 1 [rpm] n_skip 2 [rpm] n_skip 3 [rpm] n_skip 4 [rpm] n_limit pos p1091 [D] (0.000) p1092 [D] (0.000) p1093 [D] (0.000) p1094 [D] (0.000) p1085 [C] <1> <1> <1> <1> (1083[0]) n_limit pos eff [rpm] n_skip scal r1084 p1098 [C] [6030.1], [6640.5], [6822.1], [6828.5],...
  • Page 657 RFG ramp-up time [s] RFG ramp-down time [s] OFF3 t_RD [s] p1120 [D] (10.000) p1121 [D] (30.000) p1135 [D] (30.000) RFG t_RD scal <5> p1139 [C] RFG t_RU scal 0 = Internal quick stop p1138 [C] [2634.8] STW setpoint chan <3>...
  • Page 658 RFG ramp-down time OFF3 t_RD RFG t_start_round RFGOFF3 t_strt_rnd RFG t_end_delay RFG OFF3 t_end_del 0.000 ... 999999.000 [s] 0.000 ... 5400.000 [s] 0.000 ... 30.000 [s] 0.000 ... 30.000 [s] 0.000 ... 30.000 [s] 0.000 ... 30.000 [s] p1121 [D] (10.000) p1135 [D] (30.000) p1130 [D] (2.000) p1136 [D] (0.000)
  • Page 659 r0898 [2501.7] r0898 Ramp-function generator enable STW seq_ctrl r0898.4 n_ctrl n_set 1 [2501.7] p1155 [C] n_ctrl n_set 1/2 [rpm] Ramp-function generator selection <2> <5> r1169 <3> n_ctrl n_set 2 p1160 [C] Plot friction characteristic <2> No OFF2 & No OFF3 Interpolator RFG selection p1115...
  • Page 660 6724 – Field weakening controller (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx) 6730 – Interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1) 6731 – Interface to the Power Module (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx) 6799 – Display signals SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 661: Vector Control

    Possible application classes (p0096) <1> For induction motor For synchronous motor For reluctance motor Applicable function diagrams: (p0300 = 1xx) (p0300 = 2xx) (p0300 = 6xx) p0096 = 0 p0096 = 0 p0096 = 0 Chapter "Vector control" Power Module PM240 Chapter "Vector control, Standard Drive Control (p0096 = 1)"...
  • Page 662 [6050] Kp_n-/Tn_n adaptation Kp adaptation Tn adaptation M_suppl 1 n_ctrl SL Kp n_ctrl SL Tn n_ctrl setp sum [rpm] p1511 [C] Mot MomInert Ratio p1470 p1472 r1170 p0342 [3001.8] For Kp Mot M_mom of inert M_suppl 1 scal adaptation p0341 a_prectrl scal p1512 [C] p1496...
  • Page 663 Droop input Droop M_comp scal Droop input source -2000.0 ... 2000.0 [%] n_ctrl I-M_outp [Nm] 0 ... 3 p1487 [D] (100.0) <1> p1488 [D] (0) [6040.8] r1482 Droop M_comp Droop scal p1486 [C] 0.000 ... 0.500 <2> p1489 [D] (0.050) M_set bef.
  • Page 664 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 [2526.6] M_inert tot scal [kgm²] r0056 r1493 [6035.8] Calculated accelerating torque [6060.1] Acceleration calculation n_C n_act T_s SL a_prectrl scal 0.00 ... 32000.00 [ms] 0.0 ... 10000.0 [%] n_set I_comp p1452 [D] (10.00) [6040.1] p1496 [D] (0.0) r1439 >0 Pre-control balancing...
  • Page 665 n_ctrl config p1400 [D] Mot M_mom of inert p0341 [D] 1 = moment of inertia estimator active Mot MomInert Ratio M_inert tot scal [kgm²] p0342 [D] r1493 [6031.2] ZSW n_ctrl r1407 a_prectrl scal p1496 [D] r1407 1 = moment of inertia estimator active r1407.26 1 = moment of inertia estimator stabilized J_est t J...
  • Page 666 n_ctrl SL Kp n_ctrl SL Tn 0.000 ... 999999.000 0.0 ... 100000.0 [ms] p1470 [D] (0.300) p1472 [D] (20.0) <1> Kp_n_basic To Kp/Tn adaptation Tn_n_adapt Tn_n_basic [6050.3] From Kp/Tn adaptation [6050.7] Kp_n_adapt [6490.7] 1 = Kp/Tn adaptation active n_ctrl config p1400 n_ctr Tn eff [ms] [6490.7]...
  • Page 667 Free Kp_n adaptation Free Tn adaptation active (p1400.6) [6490.7] Adapt_factor upper n_ctr adapt_sig Kp 0.0 ... 200000.0 [%] p1455 [C] p1459 [D] (100.0) Adapt_factor lower 0.0 ... 200000.0 [%] p1458 [D] (100.0) n_ctrl AdaptKpLow <1> 0.00 ... 400.00 [%] p1456 [D] (0.00) <1>...
  • Page 668 M_suppl 1 <5> M_suppl total [Nm] p1511 [C] r1515 <1> p1400.14 1 = Torque pre-control STW seq_ctrl [6490.7] M_suppl 1 scal r0898 M_suppl 2 scal p1512 [C] 1 = Speed controller enable [2501.7] -2000.0 ... 2000.0 [%] r0898 p1514 [D] (100.0) M_accel T_smooth M_suppl 2 0.00 ...
  • Page 669 Vdc_ctrl Tn p1251 [D] Vdc_max (Vector control) Vdc_ctrl Kp Vdc_ctrl t_rate p1250 [D] p1252 [D] Vdc ctr config vec p1240 [D] Vdc act val [V] 1 = Vdc_max controller active r0070 r0056 – r0056 [2526.2] Calculate on_level Vdc_max on_level [V] r1242 Vdc_max dyn_factor Vdc controller active...
  • Page 670 Flying restart Slip Uf Res_damp Vdc_ctrl config Speed actual compensation gain mode value calculation p1280 p1334, p1335 p1338 p1200 [6320] [6310.8] [6310.4] n_ctrl setp sum [rpm] [6310] r1170 RFG setp at inp [rpm] f_outp [Hz] Ramp-function [3001.8] r1119 r0066 generator [6310] [3060] [3070]...
  • Page 671 Linear U_output max r0071 Mot U_rated p0304 U/f Eco fac act v [%] Eco Mode r1348 Op/cl-lp ctrl_mode 0 ... 22 Mot f_rated [Hz] p1300 [D] (0) Flux current control (FCC) p0310 [D] (0.00) Dependent on the load current U_output max r0071 Mot U_rated p0304 r0077 [6300.4]...
  • Page 672 U/f resonance damping U/f slip compensation Uf Res_damp gain 0.00 ... 100.00 p1338 [D] (0.00) Brake f_start p1352 [C] Brake f_start <2> f_res damp -300.00 ... 300.00 [%] (1351[0]) [6300.7] p1351 [D] (0.00) – Uf Res_damp T 1.00 ... 1000.00 [ms] p1339 [D] (20.00) Slip comp lim val Slip comp scal...
  • Page 673 Vdc_ctrl Tn p1291 [D] Vdc_max (U/f control) Vdc_ctrl Kp Vdc_ctrl t_rate p1290 [D] p1292 [D] Vdc_ctr config U/f 0 ... 3 p1280 [D] (1) Vdc_min outp_lim p1293 [D] Vdc act val [V] ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0070 r0056 – r0056 [2526.2] Calculate on_level Vdc_max on_level [V] r1282...
  • Page 674 n_ctrl config p1400 [D] Factory setting Speed control configuration Bit No. Meaning [6040.2] 1 = Automatic Kp/Tn adaptation active [6824.4] [6040.6] 1 = Sensorless vector control, freeze I component [6824.6] Reserved [6040.2] 1 = Kp/Tn adaptation active [6824.4] 1 = Free Tn adaptation active [6050.6] Reserved 1 = Torque pre-control always active...
  • Page 675 Flux ctrl config p1401 [D] Factory setting Flux control, configuration Bit No. Meaning 1 = Flux setpoint, soft starting active [6722.5] 1 = Flux setpoint, differentiation active [6723.6] 1 = Flux build-up control active [6722.5], [6723.6] Reserved Reserved Reserved 1 = Quick magnetization [6722.5] 1 = Pre-control speed limitation Reserved...
  • Page 676 Upper torque limit M_max upper p1522 [C] M_max up w/o offs [Nm] M_max upper <1> (1520[0]) -1000000.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] r1526 p1520 [D] (0.00) [6640.1] M_max upper scal p1528 [C] M_max upper scal (1524[0]) -2000.0 ... 2000.0 [%] p1524 [D] (100.0) Lower torque limit M_max lower p1523 [C]...
  • Page 677 Stall limit scal Mot L_leak total [mH] 80.0 ... 130.0 [%] Current limiting Speed limiting r0377 [D] p1553 [D] (100.0) Kp from speed controller [6040.5] Tn from speed controller [6040.6] [6723.3] U_output max [Vrms] Iq stall 1 = Speed limiting control calculation [6724.4] r0071...
  • Page 678 I_ctrl Kp I_ctrl Tn p1715 p1717 Vdc act val [V] U_output [Vrms] Iq_set [Arms] r0070 r0072 r0077 M_set [Nm] Mod_depth [%] U_set r0079 r0074 U_angle [6020.8] – Iq controller [6710] Current setpoint filter I_ctrl Kp I_ctrl Tn p1715 p1717 Id_set [Arms] U_output max [Vrms] r0071 r0075...
  • Page 679 ZSW cl-loop ctrl ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056 [2526.7] 1 = Vdc_max controller active 1 = Frequency, negative [2526.7] [6220.8] r0056 r0056 Iq_max [6220.8] Isq_max [Arms] [6640.8] r1536 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 [2526.7] 1 = Vdc_min controller active [6220.8] r0056 Iq_min [6220.8] Isq_min [Arms]...
  • Page 680 Transv_decpl scal TrnsvDecplVmaxScal <2> 0.0 ... 200.0 [%] 0.0 ... 200.0 [%] Mot L_leak total [mH] U_quad_decoupl [Vrms] p1726 [D] (75.0) p1727 [D] (50.0) r0377 [D] r1729 U_set 1 Flux setp total [%] [6723.1] <1> [6724.1] <2> r1598 <1> [6723.5] <2>...
  • Page 681 I_set T_smooth 4 ... 10000 [ms] p1616 [D] (40) MotMod status [6731.3] r1751.0 From Id_field weakening [6724.8] Mot phi_load opt 0.0 ... 135.0 [°] Id_setp total [Arms] p0327 [D] (90.0) r1624 Id_inject [6640.1], [6714.1] Iq_set [Arms] Load angle correction [6710.8] r0077 Id_set Iabs...
  • Page 682 Mot t_excitation 0.000 ... 20.000 [s] Field weak T_smth Field weak scal p0346 [D] (0.000) 0 ... 20000 [ms] 80.0 ... 120.0 [%] p1584 [D] (0) p1586 [D] (100.0) ZSW cl-loop ctrl p1401.0 r0056 1 = Flux setpoint soft starting active r0056 [2526.2] p1401...
  • Page 683 Drv filt type mot Pulse freq setp 0 ... 4 [kW] 2.000 ... 16.000 [kHz] 0 ... 10 20.0 ... 150.0 [%] p1802 [D] (0) p1803 [D] (106.0) p0230 (0) p1800 [D] (4.000) <1> <1> Calculation, max. modulation depth Modulat_depth max [%] U_output max [Vrms] r0073 r0071...
  • Page 684 Drv filt type mot Pulse freq setp Modulator mode Modulat depth max 0 ... 4 [kW] 2.000 ... 16.000 [kHz] 0 ... 19 20.0 ... 120.0 [%] p0230 (0) p1800 [D] (4.000) p1802 [D] (10) p1803 [D] (115.0) <1> <1> Calculation, max.
  • Page 685 Control Unit Power Module Vdc act val [V] [6723.1] DC link voltage (Vdc) [6799.1] r0070 [8022.1] U_output [Vrms] Mod_depth [%] Pulse enable HW r0072 r0074 [2701.8] [6799.5] [6799.1] [8022.1] U_set [6300.8] U_angle [6300.8] ZSW cl-loop ctrl Gain res_damp p1740 r0056 r0056 f_Slip r0065...
  • Page 686 Control Unit Power Module Vdc act val [V] [6724.1] [6799.1] r0070 DC link voltage (Vdc) [8022.1] Pulse enable HW U_output [Vrms] Mod_depth [%] r0072 r0074 [2701.8] [6799.1] [6799.5] U_set [8022.1] [6714.8] U_angle [6714.8] ZSW cl-loop ctrl Gain res_damp r0056 p1740 r0056 [2526.2] Current model...
  • Page 687 n_set before filt. [rpm] Mod_depth [%] n_set smth [rpm] Mod_depth smth [%] [6030.2] r0060 [6730.4] r0074 100 ms r0020 100 ms r0028 [6731.4] n_act smooth [rpm] n_act [rpm] r0021 Id_act [Arms] Id_act smooth [Arms] [4715.6] r0063 [6714.8] r0076 100 ms 300 ms r0029 n_act rpm smooth [rpm]...

  • Page 688: Vector Control, Standard Drive Control (P0096 = 1)

    6853 – Resonance damping and slip compensation (U/f) (p0096 = 1) 6854 – Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller (U/f) (p0096 = 1) 6856 – Interface to the Power Module (p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 689 r0056 Flying restart Slip Uf Res_damp Vdc_ctrl config Speed actual mode compensation gain value calculation p1280 p1334, p1335 p1338 p1200 [6853.8] [6853.4] [6854] [2526] n_ctrl setp sum [rpm] [6853] r1170 RFG setp at inp [rpm] f_outp [Hz] Ramp-function [3001.8] r1119 r0066 [6856.1] generator...
  • Page 690 Linear U_output max [Vrms] U_output max r0071 r0071 Mot U_rated p0304 Op/cl-lp ctrl_mode 0 ... 22 p1300 [D] (0) Mot f_rated Dependent on the load p0310 [D] current Iq_act [Arms] [6850.3] [6856.1] r0078 Parabolic U_output max r0071 Mot U_rated p0304 f_set [6850.2] Mot f_rated...
  • Page 691 U/f resonance damping U/f slip compensation Uf Res_damp gain 0.00 ... 100.00 p1338 [D] (0.00) Brake f_start p1352 [C] Brake f_start f_res damp <2> [6850.7] -300.00 ... 300.00 [%] (1351[0]) – p1351 [D] (0.00) Uf Res_damp T 1.00 ... 1000.00 [ms] p1339 [D] (20.00) Slip comp scal Slip comp lim val...
  • Page 692 Vdc_ctrl Tn p1291 [D] Vdc_max (U/f control) Vdc_ctrl Kp Vdc_ctrl t_rate p1290 [D] p1292 [D] 0 ... 1 p1280 [D] (1) Vdc act val [V] ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0070 r0056 [6856.1] – r0056 [2526.2] Calculate on_level Vdc_max on_level [V] Vdc_max dyn_factor r1282 p1283 [D] Vdc_max SenseOnLev...
  • Page 693 Control Unit Power Module Vdc act val [V] [6854.1] DC link voltage (Vdc) [6799.1] r0070 [8022.1] U_output [Vrms] Mod_depth [%] Pulse enable HW r0072 r0074 [6799.1] [6799.5] [8022.1] U_set [6850.8] U_angle ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056 [2526.2] f_outp [Hz] r0066 [6850.8] ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056...

  • Page 694: Vector Control, Dynamic Drive Control (P0096 = 2)

    6839 – Field weakening controller (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx, p0096 = 2) 6841 – Interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1, p0096 = 2) 6842 – Interface to the Power Module (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx, p0096 = 2) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 695 n_pre-control [6821.1] M_suppl 1 Kp adaptation Tn adaptation p1511 [C] n_ctrl SL Kp n_ctrl SL Tn n_ctrl setp sum [rpm] Mot MomInert Ratio p1470 p1472 r1170 p0342 For Kp M_suppl 1 scal [3001.8] Mot M_mom of inert adaptation p1512 [C] p0341 a_prectrl scal p1496...
  • Page 696 I_ctrl Kp I_ctrl Tn p1715 p1717 Vdc act val [V] U_output [Vrms] Iq_set [Arms] r0070 r0072 r0077 M_set [Nm] Mod_depth [%] U_set r0079 r0074 U_angle [6820.8] – Iq controller I_ctrl Kp I_ctrl Tn [6832] Current setpoint filter p1715 p1717 Id_set [Arms] U_output max [Vrms] r0071 r0075...
  • Page 697 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 M_inert tot scal [kgm²] r0056 [2526.6] r1493 [6823.8] Calculated accelerating torque [6826.1] Acceleration calculation ZSW n_ctrl n_set before filt. [rpm] r1407 r0060 r1407 [6799.1] n_C n_act T_s SL [2522.3] 0.00 ... 32000.00 [ms] a_prectrl scal p1452 [D] (10.00) 0.0 ...
  • Page 698 n_ctrl config p1400 [D] Mot M_mom of inert p0341 [D] 1 = moment of inertia estimator active Mot MomInert Ratio M_inert tot scal [kgm²] p0342 [D] r1493 [6822.4] ZSW n_ctrl r1407 a_prectrl scal p1496 [D] r1407 1 = moment of inertia estimator active r1407.26 1 = moment of inertia estimator stabilized J_est t J...
  • Page 699 n_act [rpm] r0063 n_ctr Tn n up scal n_ctrl SL Kp n_ctrl SL Tn 0.0 ... 200000.0 [%] 0.000 ... 999999.000 0.0 ... 100000.0 [ms] p1463 [D] (100.0) p1470 [D] (0.300) p1472 [D] (20.0) <1> Kp_n_basic [6824.8] Tn_n_basic To Kp/Tn adaptation Tn_n_adapt Tn_n_basic [6824.1]...
  • Page 700 M_suppl 1 <5> M_suppl total [Nm] p1511 [C] [7010.8] r1515 <1> p1400.14 1 = Torque pre-control STW seq_ctrl [6490.7] M_suppl 1 scal r0898 M_suppl 2 scal p1512 [C] 1 = Speed controller enable [2501.7] -2000.0 ... 2000.0 [%] r0898 p1514 [D] (100.0) M_accel T_smooth M_suppl 2 0.00 ...
  • Page 701 Vdc_ctrl Tn p1251 [D] Vdc_max (Vector control) Vdc_ctrl Kp Vdc_ctrl t_rate p1250 [D] p1252 [D] Vdc ctr config vec p1240 [D] Vdc act val [V] 1 = Vdc_max controller active r0070 r0056 – r0056 [2526.2] Calculate on_level Vdc_max on_level [V] r1242 Vdc_max dyn_factor Vdc controller active...
  • Page 702 Current limiting Speed limiting Mot L_leak total [mH] r0377 [D] Kp from speed controller [6824.5] Tn from speed controller [6824.6] U_output max [Vrms] [6838.4] Iq stall 1 = Speed limiting control [6839.4] calculation active r0071 n_limit pos eff [rpm] I_outp max [Arms] Current limit r1407.17 [3050.8]...
  • Page 703 ZSW cl-loop ctrl ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056 [2526.7] 1 = Vdc_max controller active 1 = Frequency, negative [2526.7] [6827.8] r0056 r0056 Iq_max [6827.8] Isq_max [Arms] [6828.8] r1536 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 [2526.7] 1 = Vdc_min controller active [6827.8] r0056 Iq_min [6827.8] Isq_min [Arms]...
  • Page 704 Mot L_leak total [mH] r0377 [D] Flux setp total [%] <1> [6838.5] U_soll 1 [6838.1] <1> r1598 <2> [6839.8] [6839.1] <2> Pre-control, de-coupling and limiting U_max 1 <1> [6838.3] [6839.3] <2> ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 Isq_ctr_prectrScal 0.0 ... 200.0 [%] ZSW I_ctrl r0056 [2526.2]...
  • Page 705 I_set T_smooth 4 ... 10000 [ms] p1616 [D] (40) MotMod status [6842.3] r1751.0 From Id_field weakening [6839.8] Mot phi_load opt 0.0 ... 135.0 [°] Id_setp total [Arms] p0327 [D] (90.0) r1624 Id_inject [6828.1], [6834.1] Iq_set [Arms] Load angle correction [6832.8] r0077 Id_set Iabs...
  • Page 706 Mot t_excitation 0.000 ... 20.000 [s] p0346 [D] (0.000) ZSW cl-loop ctrl p1401.0 r0056 1 = Flux setpoint soft starting active r0056 [2526.2] p1401 U_output max [Vrms] 1 = Magnetization completed [6838.4] 1 = Flux build-up control active r0071 Quick magnetizing active p1401.6 ZSW cl-loop ctrl 1 = Quick magnetizing...
  • Page 707 Drv filt type mot Pulse freq setp Modulator mode Modulat depth max 0 ... 4 [kW] 2.000 ... 16.000 [kHz] 0 ... 10 20.0 ... 150.0 [%] p1802 [D] (0) p1803 [D] (106.0) p0230 (0) p1800 [D] (4.000) <1> <1> Calculation, max.
  • Page 708 Drv filt type mot Pulse freq setp Modulator mode Modulat depth max 0 ... 4 [kW] 2.000 ... 16.000 [kHz] 0 ... 19 20.0 ... 120.0 [%] p0230 (0) p1800 [D] (4.000) p1802 [D] (10) p1803 [D] (115.0) <1> <1> Calculation, max.
  • Page 709 Control Unit Power Module Vdc act val [V] [6838.1] [6799.1] r0070 DC link voltage (Vdc) [8022.1] U_output [Vrms] Mod_depth [%] Pulse enable HW r0072 r0074 [6799.5] [6799.1] [8022.1] U_set [6834.8] U_angle [6834.8] ZSW cl-loop ctrl Gain res_damp p1740 r0056 r0056 [2526.2] Current model Vibration damping...
  • Page 710 Control Unit Power Module Vdc act val [V] [6839.1] [6799.1] r0070 DC link voltage (Vdc) [8022.1] Pulse enable HW U_output [Vrms] Mod_depth [%] r0072 r0074 [6799.1] [6799.5] U_set [8022.1] [6834.8] U_angle [6834.8] ZSW cl-loop ctrl Gain res_damp r0056 p1740 r0056 [2526.2] Current model Vibration damping...
  • Page 711 3 Function diagrams 3.16 Technology functions 3.16 Technology functions Function diagrams 7010 – Friction characteristic 7017 – DC braking (ASM, p0300 = 1) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 712: Technology Functions

    Record friction characteristic Friction ZSW r3840 Frict rec t_RU/RD r3840 0.000 ... 999999.000 [s] p3846 [D] (10.000) Friction characteristic record activated Frict rec t_warm 0.000 ... 3600.000 [s] r3840.1 p3847 [D] (0.000) Friction characteristic record completed r3840.2 [3080.7] Friction characteristic record aborted Drive ON from the sequence control Frict rec act r3840.3...
  • Page 713 <1> <2> I_act abs val [Arms] Mot t_de-excitat DCBRK I_brake DCBRK time DCBRK n_start Current actual values 0.000 ... 20.000 [s] 0.00 ... 10000.00 [Arms] 0.0 ... 3600.0 [s] 0.00 ... 210000.00 [rpm] [6714] r0068[0..1] p0347 [D] (0.000) p1232 [D] (0.00) p1233 [D] (1.0) p1234 [D] (210000.00) n_act...
  • Page 714 7250 – BSW 0 ... 1, NSW 0 ... 1 7260 – LIM 0 ... 1 7262 – PT1 0 ... 1 7264 – INT 0, DIF 0 7270 – LVM 0 ... 1 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 715: Free Function Blocks

    Run-time group RTG sampling time [ms] r20001[1] = 8 ms r20001[2] = 16 ms r20001[3] = 32 ms r20001[4] = 64 ms r20001[5] = 128 ms r20001[6] = 256 ms r20001[0..9] Logic function blocks AND, OR, XOR, NOT Arithmetic function blocks ADD, SUB, MUL, DIV, AVA, NCM, PLI Time function blocks MFP, PCL, PDE, PDF, PST...
  • Page 716 AND (AND function blocks) AND 0 AND 2 AND 0 RTG AND 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999 p20032 (9999) p20040 (9999) AND 0 inputs AND 2 inputs p20030 p20038 AND 0 output Q AND 2 output Q r20031 r20039 AND 0 RunSeq...
  • Page 717 OR (OR function blocks) OR 0 OR 2 OR 0 RTG OR 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999 p20048 (9999) p20056 (9999) OR 0 inputs OR 2 inputs p20046 p20054 OR 0 output Q OR 2 output Q r20047 r20055 OR 0 RunSeq...
  • Page 718 XOR (XOR function blocks) XOR 0 XOR 2 XOR 0 RTG XOR 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999 p20064 (9999) p20072 (9999) XOR 0 inputs XOR 2 inputs p20062 p20070 XOR 0 output Q XOR 2 output Q r20063 r20071 XOR 0 RunSeq...
  • Page 719 NOT (inverter) NOT 0 NOT 3 NOT 0 RTG NOT 3 RTG 1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999 p20080 (9999) p20092 (9999) NOT 0 input I NOT 3 input I p20078 NOT 0 inv output p20090 NOT 3 inv output r20079 r20091 NOT 0 RunSeq...
  • Page 720 ADD (adder) SUB (subtracter) ADD 0 RTG ADD 0 5 ... 9999 p20096 (9999) SUB 0 ADD 0 inputs p20094 SUB 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 ADD 0 output Y p20104 (9999) r20095 SUB 0 inputs p20102 SUB 0 difference Y X1 - X2 r20103 ADD 0 RunSeq...
  • Page 721 MUL (multiplier) DIV (divider) MUL 0 DIV 0 MUL 0 RTG DIV 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 5 ... 9999 p20112 (9999) p20121 (9999) MUL 0 inputs DIV 0 inputs DIV 0 quotient p20110 p20118 r20119 DIV 0 Quotient MUL 0 product Y DIV 0 Multiple integer quotient r20111...
  • Page 722 AVA (absolute value generator) AVA 0 AVA 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20131 (9999) AVA 0 output Y AVA 0 input X r20129 p20128 AVA 0 input neg SN r20130 AVA 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20132 (340) AVA 1 AVA 1 RTG 5 ...
  • Page 723 NCM (numeric comparator) NCM 0 NCM 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20316 (9999) NCM 0 inputs X1 > X2 > r20313 NCM 0 output QU p20312 X1 = X2 r20314 NCM 0 output QE X1 < X2 < r20315 NCM 0 output QL NCM 0 RunSeq 0 ...
  • Page 724 PLI (polyline scaling) <1> PLI 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20376 (9999) Breakpoint 0 (A0/B0 = p20374[0]/p20375[0]) ... Breakpoint 19 (A19/B19 = p20374[19]/p20375[19]) PLI 0 X-coordinate A18/B18 -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20374 (0.0000) A19/B19 PLI 0 input X p20372 PLI 0 output Y PLI 0 r20373 A0/B0...
  • Page 725 MFP (pulse generator) PCL (pulse contractor) MFP 0 MFP 2 PCL 0 MFP 0 RTG MFP 0 pulse_dur ms MFP 2 RTG MFP 2 pulse_dur ms PCL 0 RTG PCL 0 pulse_dur ms 5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00 5 ... 9999 0.00 ...
  • Page 726 PDE (ON delay) PDE 0 PDE 2 PDE 0 RTG PDE 0 t_del ms PDE 2 RTG PDE 2 t_del ms 5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00 5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20161 (9999) p20159 (0.00) p20337 (9999) p20335 (0.00) PDE 0 inp_pulse I PDE 2 inp_pulse I p20158...
  • Page 727 PDF (OFF delay) PDF 0 PDF 2 PDF 0 RTG PDF 0 t_ext ms PDF 2 RTG PDF 2 t_ext ms 5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00 5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20171 (9999) p20169 (0.00) p20347 (9999) p20345 (0.00) PDF 0 inp_pulse I PDF 2 inp_pulse I p20168...
  • Page 728 PST (pulse stretcher) PST 0 PST 0 RTG PST 0 pulse_dur ms 5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20181 (9999) p20179 (0.00) PST 0 inputs p20178 Input pulse PST 0 output Q r20180 Reset input PST 0 RunSeq 0 ... 7999 p20182 (490) PST 1 PST 1 RTG...
  • Page 729 RSR (RS flip-flop) DFR (D flip-flop) RSR 0 RSR 0 RTG DFR 0 DFR 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999 p20191 (9999) p20201 (9999) DFR 0 inputs p20198 RSR 0 inputs DFR 0 output Q Trigger input RSR 0 output Q p20188 r20199 D input...
  • Page 730 BSW (binary change-over switch) NSW (numeric change-over switch) BSW 0 NSW 0 BSW 0 RTG BSW 0 RunSeq NSW 0 RTG NSW 0 RunSeq 1 ... 9999 0 ... 7999 5 ... 9999 0 ... 32000 p20211 (9999) p20212 (580) p20221 (9999) p20222 (610) BSW 0 inputs...
  • Page 731 LIM (limiter) LIM 0 LIM 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20234 (9999) LIM 0 QU LIM 0 upper lim LU LIM 0 input X -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 r20232 p20228 LIM 0 output Y p20229 (0.0000) r20231 LIM 0 QL LIM 0 lower lim LL r20233 -340.28235E36 ...
  • Page 732 PT1 (smoothing element) PT1 0 PT1 1 PT1 0 T_smooth ms PT1 1 T_smooth ms 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 p20246 (0.00) p20252 (0.00) PT1 0 RTG PT1 0 RunSeq PT1 1 RTG PT1 1 RunSeq 5 ... 9999 0 ...
  • Page 733 INT (integrator) INT 0 INT 0 RTG INT 0 RunSeq 5 ... 9999 0 ... 32000 p20264 (9999) p20265 (700) INT 0 T_Integr ms 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 p20259 (0.00) INT 0 QU INT 0 upper lim LU INT 0 inputs -340.28235E36 ...
  • Page 734 LVM (double-sided limit monitor with hysteresis) LVM 0 LVM 1 LVM 0 avg value M LVM 1 avg value M -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20267 (0.0000) p20276 (0.0000) LVM 0 limit L LVM 0 hyst HY LVM 1 limit L LVM 1 hyst HY -340.28235E36 ...
  • Page 735 Technology controller Function diagrams 7950 – Fixed value selection binary (p2216 = 2) 7951 – Fixed value selection direct (p2216 = 1) 7954 – Motorized potentiometer 7958 – Closed-loop control SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 736: Technology Controller

    Tec_ctr FixVal sel 1 ... 2 p2216 [D] (1) 0 ... 15 Tec_ctrl sel bit 0 Tec_ctrl No. act 0.00 % 0 0 0 0 p2220 [C] [7951] r2229 Tec_ctrl fix val1 [%] 0 0 0 1 Tec_ctrl sel bit 1 p2201 [D] (10.00) p2221 [C] [7951]...
  • Page 737 Tec_ctr FixVal sel 1 ... 2 p2216 [D] (1) Tec_ctrl sel bit 0 p2220 [C] [7950] Tec_ctrl sel bit 1 p2221 [C] Tec_ctr FixVal ZSW [7950] r2225 r2225 Tec_ctrl sel bit 2 p2222 [C] [7950] Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 p2223 [C] [7950] Tec_ctrl fix val1 [%] 0 0 0 1...
  • Page 738 Tec_ctr mop config p2230 [D] (0000 0100 bin) Data save active The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is not saved and after ON is entered using p2240. The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved after OFF and after ON is entered using r2231. Initial rounding-off active Without initial rounding.
  • Page 739 Tec_ctr integ hold Tec_ctrl outp scal p2252 r0056 p2286 [C] p2296 [C] Tec_ctrl outp scal <3> r0056 (56.13) Tec_ctrl lim enab -100.00 ... 100.00 [%] (2295[0]) p2290 [C] p2295 (100.00) Tec_ctrl thr_skip Tec_ctrl status p2339 Tec_ctr set aftRFG [%] Tec_ctrl sys_dev [%] r2349 Tec_ctr prectr_sig Tec_ctrl set1 scal...
  • Page 740 8017 – Motor temperature model 1 (I2t) 8018 – Motor temperature model 2 8019 – Motor temperature model 3 8021 – Thermal monitoring, power unit 8022 – Monitoring functions 1 8023 – Monitoring functions 2 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 741: Signals And Monitoring Functions

    n_act [rpm] n_act smth message [rpm] r0063 r2169 n_ctrl setp sum [rpm] n_max r1170 [3001.8] n_ctrl n_set [rpm] r1438 [6031] [8011] Speed messages 2 M_set [Nm] r0079 [6060] [8010] Speed messages 1 M_max upper eff [Nm] Limit value monitor r1538 [6640] M_max lower eff [Nm] r1539...
  • Page 742 n_limit pos eff [rpm] F07901 "motor overspeed" r1084 From setpoint limiting [3050.8] r1087 n_limit neg eff [rpm] ZSW monitor 1 n_act [rpm] r2197 r0063 r2197 [2534.3] [6799.4] |n_act| > n_max n_thresh val 3 n_act_filt T 0.00 ... 210000.00 [rpm] 0 ... 1000000 [ms] p2161 [D] (5.00) p2153 [D] (0) Hyst n_act>n_max...
  • Page 743 ZSW monitor 1 n_act smth message [rpm] r2197 r2169 [8010.2] r2197 [2534.3] n_act • 0 <1> n_hysteresis 3 0.00 ... 300.00 [rpm] n_set for msg p2150 [D] (2.00) ZSW monitor 2 p2151 [C] r2198 (1170[0]) r2198 [2536.3] n_thresh val 3 [3080.8] n_set >...
  • Page 744 Torque messages M_util t_off Motor locked detection or motor locked monitoring (not for U/f control) 0.0 ... 1000.0 [ms] function (not for closed-loop torque control) p2195 [D] (800.0) ZSW monitor 3 Mot stall enab neg r2199 p2144 [C] Ramp-function generator operating [2537.7] r2199 Op/cl-lp ctrl_mode...
  • Page 745 p2149.1 A07926 "Envelop characteristic, parameter not valid" M_act_filt T <2> 0 ... 1000000 [ms] p3233 [D] (100) M_act [Nm] r0080 [6799.8] Load monit config M_thresh no load Load monit resp 0 ... 5 0.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] 0 ... 8 p2193 [D] (1) p2191 [D] (0.00) Load monit t_del...
  • Page 746 Monitoring torque and load drop (p2193 = 1) Pump/fan monitoring (p2193 = 4/5) M [Nm] M [Nm] Blocked M_thresh 3 upper 0.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] p2189 [D] (10000000.00) M_thresh 3 lower 0.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] p2190 [D] (0.00) Stall_mon M_thresh Tolerance bandwidth 0.00 ...
  • Page 747 Mot_temp_sens type 0 ... 6 Mot temp [°C] p0601 [D] (0) r0035 [8017.1] via motor temperature model 2 [8018.8] 0 = No sensor Thermal monitoring motor PTC alarm and time Motor temperature sensor [2201.1] KTY84 Mod1/2/sens T_thr Mot temp response via CU terminal KL.
  • Page 748 1 = Activate motor temperature model 1 expansions p0612.8 I2t F thresh p0615 F thresh p5391 1 = Activate motor temperature model 1 (I2t) Mot temp response p0612.0 (0) p0610 <5> Mot I_rated p0305 I_act abs val [Arms] <6> Motor temperature model 1 (I2t) r0068 model [8016.6]...
  • Page 749 1 = Activate motor 1 = Activate motor temperature temperature model 2 model 2 expansions p0612.1 (1) p0612.9 (1) Rated motor temperature rise Calculated motor temperatures Mot T_ambient Mod T_ambient [°C] r0630 [D] p0625 Motor temperature model 2 (Thermal 3-mass-model) Mot T_over core Mod T_stator [°C] r0631 [D]...
  • Page 750 Mot temp response 1 = Activate motor temperature model 3 Mod T_winding [°C] F thr image p5391 [°C] r0632 [D] r5399 [D] p0610 p0612.2 (0) <1> Threshold value for <2> F07011: Motor temperature model 3 [8016.6] I_act abs val [Arms] Mod T_stator [°C] r0068 r0631 [D]...
  • Page 751 Power module Control Unit Thermal monitoring for the power module ZSW fault/alarm 2 Maximum power module temperature r2135 T_max heatsink r2135 [2548.2] 1 = Fault power unit thermal overload Temperature measurement Faults "Power unit overtemperature" F30004 "Overtemperature heat sink AC inverter" F30024 "Overtemperature thermal model"...
  • Page 752 n_min p1080 n_act smth message [rpm] r2197 [8010.2] r2169 r2197.0 [2534.2] r0053 1 = |n_act| ” n_min p1080 r0053.2 n_hysteresis 3 [2511.6] RFG setp at inp [rpm] p2150 r2197 [3050.8] r1119 r2197.4 [2534.2] – r0053 1 = |n_act| • n_set n_standst n_thresh r0053.6 Pulse suppr t_del...
  • Page 753 n_thresh val 5 p2157 Del compar n_5 p2158 n_act smth message [rpm] r2198 [8010.2] r2169 r2198.0 [2536.2] 1 = |n_act| ” p2157 n_thresh val 5 p2157 Del compar n_5 n_hysteresis 3 p2158 p2150 r2198 r2198.1 [2536.2] 1 = |n_act| > p2157 n_thresh val 6 p2159 Del compar n_6...
  • Page 754 3 Function diagrams 3.20 Diagnostics 3.20 Diagnostics Function diagrams 8050 – Overview 8060 – Fault buffer 8065 – Alarm buffer 8070 – Faults/alarms trigger word (r2129) 8075 – Faults/alarms configuration SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 755: Diagnostics

    Fxxxxx Fyyyyy r0945 r0949 r0948 r2109 t_System relative Fault cases qty Code Value coming going Fzzzzz 0 ... 4294967295 [ms] 0 ... 65535 faults p0969 (0) p0952 (0) [8060] Fault buffer Axxxxx r2122 r2124 r2123 r2125 Ayyyyy Alarm counter Azzzzz Code Value coming...
  • Page 756 LED "RDY" [= red for fault] Act fault code Act fault val Comp_no act r2131 r3131 r3132 1 ms t_System relative 0 = "No fault present" <2> 0 ... 4294967295 [ms] p0969 (0) Diagnostic Fault time Fault time Component attribute 32 bit counter, free running Fault code...
  • Page 757 Actual alarm code r2132 <1> 0 = "No alarm present" Diagnostic Alarm code Alarm value Alarm time Alarm time Component attribute "received" "removed" alarm alarm Operating time [8060.1] Alarm times Counter 16 bit 1 = External alarm 1 (A07850) effective Alarm appears Alarms r2124[0] [I32]...
  • Page 758 F/A trigger sel 0 ... 65535 p2128 (0) F/A trigger word r2129 Fault/alarm trigger word 0. Message/signal present r2129 r2129.0 (e.g. as trigger condition to record traces) 0. Fault/alarm code 1. Message/signal present r2129.1 1. Fault/alarm code 15. Message/signal present [15] r2129.15 15.
  • Page 759 <1> The fault response, acknowledge mode and message type for all faults and alarms are set to meaningful default values in the factory setting. Changes are only possible in specific value ranges specified by SIEMENS. DCBRK = DC Brake When the message type is changed, the supplementary information is tranferred from fault value r0949 to alarm value r2124 and vice versa.
  • Page 760 3 Function diagrams 3.21 Data sets 3.21 Data sets Function diagrams 8560 – Command Data Sets (CDS) 8565 – Drive Data Sets (DDS) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 761: Data Sets

    Example: Change over command data set CDS0 --> CDS1 BI: p0810 = "0" BI: p0810 = "1" CDS0 selected CDS1 selected r0836.0 = 0 r0836.0 = 1 Source CDS Target CDS Start copy process p0809[0] (0) p0809[1] (1) p0809[2] (0) CDS0 effective CDS1 effective r0050.0 = 0...
  • Page 762 Copy DDS, source Copy DDS, target Copy DDS, start p0819[0] (0) p0819[1] (1) p0819[2] (0) DDS selected r0837 DDS count DDS select., bit 0 r0837 1 ... 4 p0820 [C] r0837.1 p0180 (1) [2513.2] DDS select., bit 1 DDS3 p0821 [C] A07530 "Drive data set does not exist"...
  • Page 763 Faults and alarms Content Overview of faults and alarms List of faults and alarms SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 764: Faults And Alarms

    • The alarm is entered into the alarm buffer. How are alarms eliminated? • Alarms acknowledge themselves. If the cause of the alarm is no longer present, they automatically reset themselves. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 765: Overview Of Faults And Alarms

    As for OFF1, Faults with this fault response only become effective after the delay DELAYED however delayed time in p3136 has expired. The remaining time up to OFF1 is displayed in r3137. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 766 The conditions for p1231 = 4 must be observed. • For induction motors, the following applies: If a fault occurs with this fault reaction, DC braking is triggered. DC braking must have been commissioned (p1230 to p1239). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 767 The "Safe Torque Off" (STO) function must be deselected before these faults are acknowledged. PULSE The fault can only be acknowledged when the pulses are inhibited (r0899.11 = 0). SUPPRESSION The same options are available for acknowledging as described under IMMEDIATE acknowledgment. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 768 The "List of faults and alarms" (Page 775) supplies information referred to the properties of a message set as default. If the properties of a specific message are changed, the corresponding information may have to be modified in this list. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 769 ET 200pro can be displayed. • NAMUR (r3113.x) Specifies the bit number in parameter r3113. For the interfaces DP, ET 200, NAMUR, in some instances, the message classes are combined. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 770 An illegal signal state was detected while evaluating the encoder signals (track signals, zero marks, absolute values …). Check the encoder / state of the encoder signals. Observe the maximum permissible frequencies. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 771: General

    …) has detected an illegal state. Determine the exact cause of the fault and check the relevant device. 1. Undervoltage condition of the electronics power supply 2. Overvoltage condition of the electronics power supply SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 772 Describes the methods available for eliminating the cause of the active fault or alarm. WARNING On a case for case basis, service and maintenance personnel are responsible for choosing a suitable method for eliminating the cause of faults. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 773 34000 34999 Voltage Sensing Module (VSM) 35000 35199 Terminal Module 54F (TM54F) 35200 35999 Terminal Module 31 (TM31) 36000 36999 DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module 37000 37999 HF Damping Module SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 774: Number Ranges Of Faults And Alarms

    Controller Extension 32 (CX32) 41000 48999 Reserved 49000 49999 SINAMICS GM/SM/GL 50000 50499 Communication Board (COMM BOARD) 50500 59999 OEM Siemens 60000 65535 SINAMICS DC MASTER (closed-loop DC current control) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 775 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4707900, Language: eng Objects: CU240B-2, CU240B-2_DP, CU240E-2, CU240E-2_DP, CU240E-2_DP_F, CU240E-2_F, CU240E-2_PN_F, CU240E-2 PN F01000 Internal software error Message class: Hardware/software error (1)

  • Page 776: List Of Faults And Alarms

    Component with the specified component number is not available (p7828). xxxx = Additional values: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: Save a suitable firmware file or EEPROM file for upload or download in folder "/ee_sac/" on the memory card. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 777 The file involved can be read out using parameter r9925. The status of the firmware check is displayed using r9926. See also: r9925 (Firmware file incorrect), r9926 (Firmware check status) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 778 Acknowledge: NONE Cause: On the memory card, one file in the directory /SIEMENS/SINAMICS/DATA or /ADDON/SINAMICS/DATA has been illegally changed with respect to that supplied from the factory. No changes are permitted in this directory. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): zyx dec: x = Problem, y = Directory, z = File name x = 1: File does not exist.
  • Page 779 OFF3 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF1, OFF2, STOP2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: For active PC master control, no sign-of-life was received within the monitoring time. The master control was returned to the active BICO interconnection. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 780 Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. See also: p0971 (Save parameters) Remedy: - Download the project again with the commissioning software. - save all parameters (p0971 = 1 or "copy RAM to ROM"). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 781 - in the directory /USER/SINAMICS/DATA/ at least one parameter back-up file PSxxxyyy.*** has the "read only" file attribute and cannot be overwritten. - there is not sufficient free memory space available. - the non-volatile memory is defective and cannot be written to. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 782 9: Descriptive data not available. 11: No master control. 15: No text array available. 17: Task cannot be executed due to operating state. 20: Illegal value. 21: Response too long. 22: Parameter address illegal. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 783 CCxxxyyy.ACX saved in the non-volatile memory. Because of this, under certain circumstances, several of the saved parameter values were not able to be accepted. Also see r9406 up to r9408. Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 784 A checksum error (CRC error) has occurred in the Control Unit program memory Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components. - upgrade firmware to later version. - contact Technical Support. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 785 The module boots with the factory settings. Example: Devices A and B. are not compatible and a memory card with the parameter backup for device A is inserted in device SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 786 4: A new file could not be created on the memory card. 5: A new file could not be written on the memory card. Remedy: - try to save again. - replace the memory card or Control Unit. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 787 CU: Time slice overflow Message class: Hardware/software error (1) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: Insufficient computation time. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: Contact Technical Support. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 788 Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: For the selected communications clock cycle, too many DRIVE-CLiQ components are connected to one line of the Control Unit. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 789 A PROFIdrive telegram has been set (p0922). An interconnection contained in the telegram was not able to be established. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Parameter receiver that should be changed. Remedy: Establish another interconnection. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 790 BICO output and the BICO input. p2001: contains the reference value for voltage, drive objects 1, 2 Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Parameter number of the BICO input (signal sink). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 791 1011: Internal fault for the pulse enable in the Power Module. 1030: Feedback signal of the safety switch-off signal paths for the "STO via terminals at the Power Module" function different. 9999: Subsequent response to fault F01611. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 792 For these fault values, the failsafe control signals (failsafe values) are transferred to the safety functions. 6000: An internal software error has occurred (only for internal Siemens troubleshooting). 6064 ... 6071: error when evaluating the F parameter. The values of the transferred F parameters do not match the expected values in the PROFIsafe driver.
  • Page 793 For fault value = 6071: - check the settings of the values of the F parameters and the F parameter CRC (CRC1) calculated from these at the PROFIsafe slave and, if required, update. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 794 - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on). - check whether additional faults are present and if required, perform diagnostics. - check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 795 Bit 5 = 1: It has been identified that the sensor channel 1 has been replaced. Bit 6 = 1: It has been identified that the sensor channel 2 has been replaced. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 796 - Using STARTER, activate the safety parameters for the drive involved (change settings, copy parameters, activate settings). For fault value = 2000: - check the safety parameters on processor 1 and adapt the reference checksum (p9799). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 797 - remove the PROFIsafe configuring in the higher-level F control or enable PROFIsafe in the drive. For fault value = 231, 331: - configure the PROFIsafe telegram matching the parameterization in the F-PLC. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 798 Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 129: Safety parameters for processor 2 corrupted. 131: Internal software error 132: Communication errors when uploading or downloading the safety parameters. 255: Internal software error on the Control Unit. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 799 26: At a digital input of the Control Unit used by Safety Integrated, an attempt was made to activate the simulation mode. 28: An attempt was made to enable the "STO via terminals at the Power Module" function although this cannot be supported. See also: p0970, p3900, r9771, r9871 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 800 Error internal communications Message class: Hardware/software error (1) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: A module-internal communication error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 801 Remedy: Set the fail-safe digital input (F-DI) to a logical 0 signal (p10006). Note: F-DI: Failsafe Digital Input SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 802 - check the safety-relevant parameters and if required, correct. - execute the function "Copy RAM to ROM". - perform a POWER ON if safety parameters requiring a POWER ON have been modified. - carry out an acceptance test. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 803 23: CU240 does not support monitoring functions requiring an encoder. 25: Drive-integrated motion monitoring functions not supported (p9501, p9601.2). 28: Encoderless monitoring functions are not supported for synchronous motors (p9507.2). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 804 Parameter number with the incorrect value. See also: p9501 (SI Motion enable safety functions (processor 1)) Remedy: Correct the parameter specified in the fault value. See also: p9501 (SI Motion enable safety functions (processor 1)) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 805 Carry out the forced checking procedure of the safety motion monitoring functions. The signal source to select the forced checking procedure is set via binector input p9705. Note: SI: Safety Integrated See also: p9705 (SI Motion: Test stop signal source) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 806 - replace Control Unit. This message can be acknowledged without a POWER ON using "Acknowledge internal event": Note: SAM: Safe Acceleration Monitor (safe acceleration monitoring) SBR: Safe Brake Ramp (safe brake ramp monitoring) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 807 0: Stop request from the other monitoring channel. 1: Status image of monitoring functions SLS or SAM/SBR (result list 1) (r9710[0], r9710[1]). 2: Status image of monitoring function n < nx (result list 2) (r9711[0], r9711[1]). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 808 240: Inverse value of acceleration for SBR (p9581/p9381 and p9583/p9383). 241: Deceleration time for SBR (p9582/p9382). 244: Encoderless actual value sensing filter time (p9587/p9387). 245: Encoderless actual value sensing minimum current (p9588/p9388). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 809 For these message values, the failsafe control signals (failsafe values) are transferred to the safety functions. The significance of the individual message values is described in safety fault F01611. Message values that have not been listed are only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. See also: r9725 (SI Motion diagnostics STOP F)
  • Page 810 - ensure equality by copying the SI data to processor 2 and then carry out an acceptance test. Note: This message can be acknowledged via F-DI or PROFIsafe. Note: F-DI: Failsafe Digital Input SLS: Safely Limited Speed SS1: Safe Stop 1 STO: Safe Torque Off SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 811 Bit 0: Discrepancy error for F-DI 0 Bit 1: Discrepancy error for F-DI 1 Note: If several discrepancy errors occur consecutively, then this message is only signaled for the first error that occurs. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 812 It is possible that the "STO via terminals at the Power Module" function is being used, and STO is selected in at least one hardware switch-off signal path at the Power Module. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 813 3: Uneven number of bytes for input or output. 211: Unknown parameterizing block. 501: PROFIsafe parameter error (e.g. F_dest). 502: PROFIsafe telegram does not match. Additional values: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 814 Bit 0 = 1: Publisher with address in r2077[0], connection failed. Bit 15 = 1: Publisher with address in r2077[15], connection failed. Remedy: Check the PROFIBUS cables. See also: r2077 (PROFIBUS diagnostics peer-to-peer data transfer addresses) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 815 - include the signal in the OEM exception list (p7763, p7764). - Where relevant do not record the signal. See also: p7763 (KHP OEM exception list number of indices for p7764), p7764 (KHP OEM exception list) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 816 - a signal to be traced was not specified. - the specified signals are not valid. Remedy: - specify the signal to be traced. - check whether the relevant signal can be traced. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 817 Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The trace parameterization in the drive unit was deleted due to a unit changeover or a change in the reference parameters. Remedy: Restart trace. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 818 A multiple trace is not started or is canceled. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): 1: Memory card cannot be accessed. - card is not inserted or is blocked by a mounted USB drive. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 819 Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components. - upgrade firmware to later version. - contact Technical Support. - replace the Control Unit. Note: OA: Open Architecture SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 820 Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): yxxx dec y = analog input (0 = analog input 0 (AI 0), 1 = analog input 1 (AI 1)) xxx = component number (p0151) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 821 The alarm threshold for the air intake overtemperature has been reached. For air-cooled power units, the threshold is 42 °C (hysteresis 2 K). The response is set using p0290. If the air intake temperature increases by an additional 13 K, then fault F30035 is output. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 822 1.16 * p0210 < r0070 < 1.6 * p0210 Note: The fault can only be acknowledged when the drive is switched off. See also: p0210 (Drive unit line supply voltage) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 823 A07012 (N) Drive: Motor temperature model 1/3 overtemperature Message class: Motor overload (8) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The motor temperature model 1/3 identified that the alarm threshold was exceeded. Hysteresis:2K. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 824 External measured value / signal state outside the permissible range (16) Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2, OFF3, STOP2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: An error was detected when evaluating the temperature sensor set in p0601. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 825 41: A bit operation is only permissible for parameters with the parameter format DISPLAY_BIN. 42: A value not equal to 0 or 1 was set for a BitOperation. 43: Reading the parameter to be changed by the BitOperation was unsuccessful. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 826 See also: p0100 (IEC/NEMA mot stds), p0505 (Selecting the system of units), p0595 (Technological unit selection) Remedy: Check the adapted parameter values and if required correct. See also: r9451 (Units changeover adapted parameters) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 827 If the drive should continue to operate after withdrawing "master control by PLC" then fault response must be parameterized to NONE or the message type should be parameterized as alarm. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 828 It is not possible to power up with the motor rotating (no flying restart). In the following cases, the "flying restart" function is not supported: PMSM: operation with U/f characteristic and sensorless vector control. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 829 The monitoring of the DC link voltage p1284 has responded (only U/f control). Remedy: - check the line supply voltage. - check the braking module. - adapt the device supply voltage (p0210). - adapt the DC link voltage monitoring (p1284). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 830 - the current limit has been set too low for the motor. - induction motor (encoderless, open-loop controlled) in I2t limiting. - power unit is too small. - the magnetizing time is too short. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 831 NONE Cause: The technology controller has a parameterizing error. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): The upper output limit in p2291 is set lower than the lower output limit in p2292. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 832 See also: p0810 (Command data set selection CDS bit 0), p0811 (Command data set selection CDS bit 1), r0836 (Command Data Set CDS selected) Remedy: - select the existing command data set. - set up additional command data sets. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 833 - check the power unit and replace if necessary. - check the Control Unit, and if required replace it. - after correcting the topology, the parameters must be again downloaded using the commissioning software. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 834 For blocksize power units, types PM250 and PM260, the regenerative rated power r0206[2] was exceeded for more than 10 s. See also: r0206 (Rated power unit power), p1531 (Power limit regenerative) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 835 Cause: No rated data are stored in the power unit EEPROM. See also: p0205, r0206, r0207, r0208, r0209 Remedy: Replace the power unit or inform Siemens Customer Service. A07850 (F) External alarm 1 Message class: External measured value / signal state outside the permissible range (16)
  • Page 836 See also: p2108 (External fault 3), p3110 (External fault 3 switch-on delay), p3111 (External fault 3 enable), p3112 (External fault 3 enable negated) Remedy: - eliminate the causes of this fault. - acknowledge fault. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 837 - check whether the pump/fan is blocked, and if blocked, then resolve the problem. - check that the fan can freely move, and if necessary, resolve the problem. - adapt the parameterization corresponding to the load (p2165, p2168).. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 838 Activate pre-control of the speed limiting controller (p1401.7 = 1). Increase the hysteresis for the overspeed signal p2162. This upper limit is dependent upon the maximum motor speed p0322 and the maximum speed p1082 of the setpoint channel. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 839 The response threshold of 1650 Ohm was exceeded or the NC contact opened. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): 11: No output current reduction. 12: Output current reduction active. See also: p0604 (Mot_temp_mod 2/sensor alarm threshold), p0610 (Motor overtemperature response) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 840 The speed signal from the external encoder (refer to p3230) deviates from the speed (r2169) (too low). Remedy: - check the connection between the motor and load. - adapt the parameterization corresponding to the load. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 841 DC braking has been activated at binector input p1230 with the DC braking set (p1230 = 4). Braking current p1232 is injected until this binector input becomes inactive. Remedy: Not necessary. The alarm automatically disappears once DC braking has been executed. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 842 0 <= p3830, p3831 ... p3839 <= p0333 Therefore the output of the friction characteristic (r3841) is set to zero. See also: r3840 (Friction characteristic status word) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 843 - Select the friction characteristic record, positive direction (p3845). For fault value = 1111: - Select the friction characteristic record, negative direction (p3845). For fault value = 1198: - Enable the permitted direction (p1110, p1111, r1198). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 844 For fault value = 12: Check whether motor data have been correctly entered. De-activate technique (p1909). For fault value = 16: De-activate technique (p1909). For fault value = 17: Repeat technique. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 845 Saturation not sufficient, change the technique (p1980 = 10). For fault value = 20: Before carrying out a pole position identification routine ensure that the motor shaft is absolutely stationary (zero speed). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 846 - carry out a motor data identification routine (p1910). - if required, reduce the dynamic factor (p1967 < 25 %). For fault value = 5: - the speed setpoint (p1961) is too high. Reduce the speed. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 847 - check the moment of inertia (p0341, p0342). After the change: Calculate p0340 = 3. For fault value = 11: - reduce the moment of inertia of the motor p0341 (e.g., factor of 0.2) or increase (e.g. factor of 5) and repeat the measurement. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 848 When configuring the rotating measurement (p1959), no function was selected. Remedy: Select at least one function for automatic optimization of the speed controller (p1959). See also: p1959 (Rotating measurement configuration) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 849 See also: p1910 (Motor data identification selection) Remedy: Not necessary. The alarm automatically disappears after the motor data identification routine has been successfully completed or for the setting p1900 = 0. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 850 - motor data identification has still not been performed in the actual drive data set (see r3925). Note: For SINAMICS G120, a check is made and an alarm is output also when exiting commissioning and when the system powers up.
  • Page 851 - check the required interface configuration (p8920 and following), correct if necessary, and activate (p8925). - Reconfigure the station via the "Edit Ethernet node" screen form (e.g. with STARTER commissioning software). See also: p8925 (PN interface configuration) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 852 Communication error to the higher-level control system (9) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The CAN controller has lost a receive message (telegram). Remedy: Reduce the cycle times of the receive messages. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 853 The number of bytes of the mapped objects exceeds the telegram size for net data. A max. of 8 bytes is permissible. Remedy: Map fewer objects or objects with a smaller data type. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 854 - the PROFIenergy command end_pause is received from the higher-level control. - the higher-level control has changed into the STOP operating state. - the PROFINET connection to the higher-level control has been disconnected. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 855 An error has occurred when checking the memory card. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 0: A memory card is not inserted. 1: An invalid memory card is inserted (not SIEMENS). 2: An invalid memory card is inserted. 3: The memory card is being used in another Control Unit.
  • Page 856 - check the power cable connections. - check the power cables for short-circuit or ground fault. - check the length of the power cables. - replace power unit. - check the line supply phases. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 857 - check whether the ambient temperature is in the permissible range. - check the motor load. - reduce the pulse frequency if this is higher than the rated pulse frequency. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 858 Bit 0: Module slot (electronics slot) Bit 1: Air intake Bit 2: Inverter 1 Bit 3: Inverter 2 Bit 4: Inverter 3 Bit 5: Inverter 4 Bit 6: Inverter 5 Bit 7: Inverter 6 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 859 - closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized. - fault in the motor or in the power cables. - the power cables exceed the maximum permissible length. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 860 Bit 1: Short circuit in phase V Bit 2: Short-circuit in phase W Bit 3: Light transmitter enable defective Bit 4: U_ce group fault signal interrupted See also: r0949 (Fault value) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 861 1) There is no line supply voltage connected. 2) The line contactor/line side switch has not been closed. 3) The line supply voltage is too low. 4) Line supply voltage incorrectly set (p0210). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 862 - check the capacitance of the DC link and, if necessary, reduce it in accordance with the maximum permissible DC link capacitance (see relevant Equipment Manual). For 7): - check the DC link for a ground fault or short circuit. See also: p0210 (Drive unit line supply voltage) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 863 - check the motor circuit configuration (star/delta). - check the motor load. - check the power cable connections. - check the power cables for short-circuit or ground fault. - check the length of the power cables. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 864 - check the fan elements. - check whether the ambient temperature is in the permissible range. Notice: This fault can only be acknowledged after the alarm threshold for alarm A05002 has been undershot. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 865 The maximum operating time of the internal device fan in the power unit is internally specified and is fixed. Remedy: For the fan involved, carry out the following: - replace the fan. - reset the operating hours counter (p0251, p0254). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 866 - for an external braking resistor, check whether the resistor may have been dimensioned too small. Note: The braking chopper is only enabled again at pulse enable after the fault has been acknowledged. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 867 IMMEDIATELY Cause: More than one setpoint telegram was not able to be transferred to the power unit module. Remedy: Check the interface (adjustment and locking) to the power unit module. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 868 - power cables exceed the maximum permissible length. - power unit defective. Fault value (r0949, interpret bitwise binary): Bit 0: Phase U. Bit 1: Phase V. Bit 2: Phase W. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 869 - device connection voltage too high. - line reactor incorrectly dimensioned. Alarm value (r0949, interpret decimal): DC link voltage [1 bit = 100 mV]. See also: r0070 (Actual DC link voltage) SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 870 2: SI enable safety functions (p9601, p9801). Crosswise data comparison is only carried out for the supported bits. 3: SI F-DI changeover discrepancy time (p9650, p9850). 8: SI PROFIsafe address (p9610, p9810). 9: SI debounce time for STO (p9651, p9851). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 871 The "Safe Torque Off" (STO) function has been selected on processor 2 using the input terminal and is active. Note: This message does not result in a safety stop response. Remedy: Not necessary. Note: STO: Safe Torque Off SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 872 2010: Enable of safety-related brake control between the two monitoring channels differ (p9602 not equal to p9802). 9999: Subsequent response of another safety-related fault that occurred when booting that requires an acceptance test. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 873 This fault results in a STOP A that can be acknowledged. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 129: Safety parameters for processor 2 corrupted. 131: Internal software error on processor 1. 255: Internal software error on processor 2. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 874 Error while booting Message class: Hardware/software error (1) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: An error has occurred during booting. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 875 This fault results in a STOP A that can be acknowledged. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 0: Checksum error for SI parameters for motion monitoring. 1: Checksum error for SI parameters for component assignment. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 876 ESR: Extended Stop and Retract F-DI: Failsafe Digital Input SCA: Safe Cam SLP: Safely Limited Position SLS: Safely Limited Speed SDI: Safe Direction (safe motion direction) See also: p9301, p9501, p9601, p9801, r9871 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 877 - subsequent response to the message C30706 "SI Motion P2: SAM/SBR limit exceeded". - subsequent response to the message C30714 "SI Motion P2: Safely Limited Speed exceeded". - subsequent response to the message C30701 "SI Motion P2: STOP B initiated". SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 878 STOP F. One of the monitoring functions no longer reliably functions - i.e. safe operation is no longer possible. If at least one monitoring function is active, then message C30701 "SI Motion: STOP B initiated" is output. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 879 The drive had moved faster than that specified by the velocity limit value (p9331). The drive is stopped as a result of the configured stop response (p9363). Message value (r2124, interpret decimal): 100: SLS1 exceeded. 200: SLS2 exceeded. 300: SLS3 exceeded. 400: SLS4 exceeded. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 880 = possible actual discrepancy time (in ms) that can occur with a switching operation. It must be at least 12 ms. tp = period for a switching operation in ms. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 881 Power unit: Group signal Message class: Power electronics faulted (5) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The power unit has detected at least one fault. Remedy: Evaluate the other messages that are presently available. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 882 When booting it was detected that the cause of the previous reset was an SAC watchdog timer overflow. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components. - upgrade firmware to later version. - contact Technical Support. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 883 Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Information about the fault source. Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - if necessary, upgrade the firmware in the power unit to a later version. - contact Technical Support. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 884 For fault value = 2: - check the voltage setting for each encoder period (p4673). For fault value = 3: - check the range limit setting and increase it if necessary (p4676). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 885 For alarm value = 2: - check the voltage setting for each encoder period (p4673). For alarm value = 3: - check the range limit setting and increase it if necessary (p4676). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 886 In the case of the alternative encoder system interface on the Sensor Module Cabinet 30 (SMC30), encoder soiling is signaled via a 0 signal at terminal X521.7. Remedy: - check the plug connections. - replace the encoder or encoder cable. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 887 For the activated function "Data logger" (p0437.0 = 1) a fault has occurred with the Sensor Module. This alarm indicates that the diagnostics data corresponding to the fault was saved on the memory card. The diagnostics data is saved in the following folder: /USER/SINAMICS/DATA/SMTRC00.BIN /USER/SINAMICS/DATA/SMTRC07.BIN /USER/SINAMICS/DATA/SMTRCIDX.TXT SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 888 The following information is contained in the TXT file: - Display of the last written BIN file. - Number of write operations that are still possible (from 10000 downwards). Note: Only Siemens can evaluate the BIN files. Remedy: Not necessary. The alarm disappears automatically.
  • Page 889 For alarm value = 2: - check the voltage setting for each encoder period (p4673). For alarm value = 3: - check the range limit setting and increase it if necessary (p4676). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 890 In the case of the alternative encoder system interface on the Sensor Module Cabinet 30 (SMC30), encoder soiling is signaled via a 0 signal at terminal X521.7. Remedy: - check the plug connections. - replace the encoder or encoder cable. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 891 For the activated function "Data logger" (p0437.0 = 1) a fault has occurred with the Sensor Module. This alarm indicates that the diagnostics data corresponding to the fault was saved on the memory card. The diagnostics data is saved in the following folder: /USER/SINAMICS/DATA/SMTRC00.BIN /USER/SINAMICS/DATA/SMTRC07.BIN /USER/SINAMICS/DATA/SMTRCIDX.TXT SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 892 The following information is contained in the TXT file: - Display of the last written BIN file. - Number of write operations that are still possible (from 10000 downwards). Note: Only Siemens can evaluate the BIN files. Remedy: Not necessary. The alarm disappears automatically.
  • Page 893 For alarm value = 2: - check the voltage setting for each encoder period (p4673). For alarm value = 3: - check the range limit setting and increase it if necessary (p4676). SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 894 In the case of the alternative encoder system interface on the Sensor Module Cabinet 30 (SMC30), encoder soiling is signaled via a 0 signal at terminal X521.7. Remedy: - check the plug connections. - replace the encoder or encoder cable. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 895 For the activated function "Data logger" (p0437.0 = 1) a fault has occurred with the Sensor Module. This alarm indicates that the diagnostics data corresponding to the fault was saved on the memory card. The diagnostics data is saved in the following folder: /USER/SINAMICS/DATA/SMTRC00.BIN /USER/SINAMICS/DATA/SMTRC07.BIN /USER/SINAMICS/DATA/SMTRCIDX.TXT SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 896 The following information is contained in the TXT file: - Display of the last written BIN file. - Number of write operations that are still possible (from 10000 downwards). Note: Only Siemens can evaluate the BIN files. Remedy: Not necessary. The alarm disappears automatically.
  • Page 897 An attempt was made to assign a run sequence value already assigned to a function block on this drive object to another additional function block on the same drive object. A run sequence value can only be precisely assigned to one function block on one drive object. SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 898 General drive fault (19) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: A Siemens internal measurement has been activated. Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for the Control Unit involved. F50518 FBLOCKS: Sampling time of free run-time group differs at download Message class:...
  • Page 899 Appendix Content ASCII table (characters that can be displayed) Motor code list List of abbreviations SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 900: A Appendix

    Digit 1 Digit 2 Digit 3 Digit 4 Digit 5 Digit 6 Digit 7 Digit 8 Digit 9 Colon Semicolon < Less than Equals > Greater than Question mark Commercial At SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 901: A.1 Ascii Table (Characters That Can Be Displayed)

    Capital letter Y Capital letter Z Opening bracket Backslash Closing bracket Circumflex Underline ‘ Opening single quotation mark Small letter a Small letter b Small letter c Small letter d SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 902 Small letter s Small letter t Small letter u Small letter v Small letter w Small letter x Small letter y Small letter z Opening brace Vertical line Closing brace Tilde SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 903: A.2 Motor Code List

    A Appendix A.2 Motor code list Motor code list Table A-2 Motor code for synchronous motors Article number Motor type (p0300) Motor code (p0301) 1LE400x-1ABxx-xxxx 20401 1LE400x-1BBxx-xxxx 20402 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 904 Communication Board CAN Communication Board Ethernet PROFINET communication module (Ethernet) Compact Disc Compact disk Command Data Set Command data set CF Card CompactFlash Card CompactFlash card Connector Input Connector input SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 905: A.3 List Of Abbreviations

    Drive Component Link with IQ Drive Component Link with IQ Dynamic Servo Control Dynamic Servo Control Digital Time Clock Timer EASC External Armature Short-Circuit External armature short-circuit Encoder Data Set Encoder data set SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 906 0 V (also referred to as Gerätestammdatei Generic Station Description: Describes the features of a PROFIBUS slave Gate Supply Voltage Gate supply voltage GUID Globally Unique Identifier Globally Unique Identifier SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 907 Proportional gain KTY84 Temperature sensor Symbol for inductance Light Emitting Diode Light emitting diode Linearmotor Linear motor Lageregler Position controller Least Significant Bit Least Significant Bit Line-side converter Line-side converter SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 908 Version of the SINAMICS firmware as of which the OA-application can be used OASP Open Architecture Support Package Expands the STARTER commissioning tool by the corresponding OA-application Operating Condition Operation condition Original Equipment Manufacturer Original equipment manufacturer SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 909 Residual Current Device Residual current operated circuit breaker Residual Current Monitor Residual current monitor Reluctance motor textile Reluctance motor textile RESM Reluctance Synchronous Motor Synchronous reluctance motor Ramp-Function Generator Ramp-function Generator SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 910 Safety Integrity Level Smart Line Module Smart Line Module Safely Limited Position Safely Limited Position Safely-Limited Speed Safely-limited speed SLVC Sensorless Vector Control Sensorless vector control Sensor Module Sensor Module SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 911 Partial DC-link voltage negative VdcP Partial DC-link voltage positive Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker [Association of German Electrical Engineers] Verein Deutscher Ingenieure Verein Deutscher Ingenieure [Association of German Engineers] SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 912 Wiedereinschaltautomatik Automatic restart Werkzeugmaschine Machine tool Extensible Markup Language Extensible markup language (standard language for Web publishing and document management) Zwischenkreis DC link Zero Mark Zero mark Zustandswort Status Word SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 913 Control word sequence control (r0898), 609 Control commands and interrogation commands, 2503 Status word sequence control (r0899), 610 2382 2505 States, 584 Control word setpoint channel (r1198), 611 2401 Overview PROFIdrive, EtherNet/IP, 586 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...

  • Page 914: Index

    SS1 (Safe Stop 1), internal STOP A, B, F, 638 Moment of inertia estimator, 665 2820 6040 SLS (Safely-Limited Speed), 639 Speed controller, 666 2823 6050 SSM (Safe Speed Monitor), 640 Kp_n-/Tn_n adaptation, 667 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 915 Current control, overview (p0096 = 2), 696 7200 6822 Sampling times of the runtime groups, 715 Speed setpoint, precontrol symmetrization, 7210 acceleration model (p0096 = 2), 697 AND 0 ... 3, 716 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 916 Speed messages 1, 742 Adjustable, 772 8011 Default, 772 Speed messages 2, 743 IMMEDIATELY, 767 8012 POWER ON, 767 Torque signals, motor blocked/stalled, 744 PULSE SUPPRESSION, 767 Adjustable parameters, 13 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 917 Fault location, 769 Fault reaction, 765, 772 General, 764 How to distinguish a fault from an alarm, 764 List of all faults, 775 Message class, 769 Name, 769 Number, 768 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 918 PDF 0 ... 3, 727 (p2038 = 0), 591 PLI 0 ... 1, 724 PROFIdrive - STW1 control word interconnection PST 0 ... 1, 728 (p2038 = 2), 590 PT1 0 ... 1, 732 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 919 Control commands and interrogation commands, Speed messages 2, 743 Thermal monitoring, motor, motor temperature status States, 584 word, faults/alarms, 747 Thermal monitoring, power unit, 751 Torque signals, motor blocked/stalled, 744 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 920 Message buffer, 754 Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller Message class, 769 (PM230/PM240), 669 Monitoring functions, 740 Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller (U/f) Motorized potentiometer, 646, 649, 738 (PM230/PM240), 673 Fxxxx, 768 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 921 Thermal monitoring, 740 List of the connector outputs, 545 Torque signals, 740 List of the connector/binector outputs, 549 Motor data sets, 537 Number, 13 Unit (parameter), 19 Number range, 23 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 922 Values (parameter), 20 Version Vector control List of all parameters, 26 Table of contents, 660 List of faults and alarms, 775 Vector control (Dynamic Drive Control) Table of contents, 694 SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2/CU240E-2 List Manual (LH11), 01/2016, A5E33839529...
  • Page 924 Siemens AG Subject to change Digital Factory © Siemens AG 2009 - 2016 Motion Control P.O. Box 3180 Find out more on 91050 ERLANGEN SINAMICS G120 GERMANY by scanning the QR code. www.siemens.com/sinamics-g120...

Table of Contents